macosx/Controller.m

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here ShowPreviewIdentifier */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowPreviewIdentifier             = @"Show Preview Window Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  25 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  26
  27
  28 /*******************************
  29  * HBController implementation *
  30  *******************************/
  31 @implementation HBController
  32
  33 - (id)init
  34 {
  35     self = [super init];
  36     if( !self )
  37     {
  38         return nil;
  39     }
  40
  41     /* replace bundled app icon with one which is 32/64-bit savvy */
  42 #if defined( __LP64__ )
  43     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake-64.icns"]];
  44 #else
  45     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake.icns"]];
  46 #endif
  47     if( fApplicationIcon != nil )
  48         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:fApplicationIcon];
  49
  50     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  51     fHandle = NULL;
  52     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  53     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  54      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  55      */
  56     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  57                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  58                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  59     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  60                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  61     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  62     {
  63         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  64                                                    attributes:nil];
  65     }
  66     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  67     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  68     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  69     {
  70         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  71                                                    attributes:nil];
  72     }
  73     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  74     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  75     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  76     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  77     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  78      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  79      * there in the future
  80      */
  81     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  82     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  83     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  84     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  85     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  86
  87     return self;
  88 }
  89
  90
  91 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  92 {
  93     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  94     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  95     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  96     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  97     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  98     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  99     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
 100
 101         // Set the Growl Delegate
 102     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
 103     /* Init others controllers */
 104     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
 105     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
 106
 107     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
 108     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
 109
 110     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 111     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 112     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 113
 114     /* setup the subtitles delegate and connections to table */
 115     fSubtitlesDelegate = [[HBSubtitles alloc] init];
 116     [fSubtitlesTable setDataSource:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 117     [fSubtitlesTable setDelegate:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 118     [fSubtitlesTable setRowHeight:25.0];
 119
 120     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 121     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 122
 123     dockIconProgress = 0;
 124
 125     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 126     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 127                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 128                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 129                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 130
 131     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 132     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 133         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 134
 135     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 136     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 137         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 138
 139         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 140
 141     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 142      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 143      */
 144      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 145
 146     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 147      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 148      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 149     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 150         {
 151         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 152         [self getQueueStats];
 153         /* this results in these values
 154          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 155          * fPendingCount = 0;
 156          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 157          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 158          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 159          */
 160
 161         /*On Screen Notification*/
 162         NSString * alertTitle;
 163
 164         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 165          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 166          */
 167         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 168         {
 169         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 170                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 171         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 172                                       alertTitle,
 173                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 174                                       nil,
 175                                       nil,
 176                                       fWindow, self,
 177                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 178                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 179         }
 180         else
 181         {
 182             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 183             {
 184                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 185                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 186                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 187             }
 188             else
 189             {
 190                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 191                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 192                               fPendingCount];
 193             }
 194
 195             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 196                                       alertTitle,
 197                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 198                                       nil,
 199                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 200                                       fWindow, self,
 201                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 202                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 203         }
 204
 205         // call didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 206         // right below to either clear the old queue or keep it loaded up.
 207     }
 208     else
 209     {
 210         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 211         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 212         {
 213             [self browseSources:nil];
 214         }
 215
 216         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 217         {
 218             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 219         }
 220     }
 221 }
 222
 223 - (int) hbInstances
 224 {
 225     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 226     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 227     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 228     int hbInstances = 0;
 229     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 230         {
 231         //      NSLog(@"Open App: %@", [aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"]);
 232
 233         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 234                 {
 235             hbInstances++;
 236                 }
 237         }
 238     return hbInstances;
 239 }
 240
 241 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 242 {
 243     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 244     {
 245         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 246         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 247         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 248         {
 249             [self browseSources:nil];
 250         }
 251
 252         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 253         {
 254             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 255         }
 256     }
 257     else
 258     {
 259         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 260         {
 261             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 262         }
 263         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 264     }
 265 }
 266
 267 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 268 {
 269     /* if we are in preview full screen mode, we need to go to
 270      * windowed mode and release the display before we terminate.
 271      * We do it here (instead of applicationWillTerminate) so we
 272      * release the displays and can then see the alerts below.
 273      */
 274     if ([fPictureController previewFullScreenMode] == YES)
 275     {
 276         [fPictureController previewGoWindowed:nil];
 277     }
 278
 279     hb_state_t s;
 280     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 281
 282     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 283     {
 284         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 285                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 286                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 287                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 288
 289         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 290         {
 291             return NSTerminateNow;
 292         }
 293         else
 294             return NSTerminateCancel;
 295     }
 296
 297     // Warn if items still in the queue
 298     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 299     {
 300         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 301                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 302                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 303                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 304
 305         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 306             return NSTerminateNow;
 307         else
 308             return NSTerminateCancel;
 309     }
 310
 311     return NSTerminateNow;
 312 }
 313
 314 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 315 {
 316
 317     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 318     [outputPanel release];
 319         [fQueueController release];
 320     [fPreviewController release];
 321     [fPictureController release];
 322     [fApplicationIcon release];
 323
 324         hb_close(&fHandle);
 325     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 326 }
 327
 328
 329 - (void) awakeFromNib
 330 {
 331     [fWindow center];
 332     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
 333     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 334
 335     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 336     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 337     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 338     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 339
 340     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 341      evaluate successive scans */
 342         currentScanCount = 0;
 343
 344
 345     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 346         [self loadPresets];
 347
 348     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 349     [self loadQueueFile];
 350
 351     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 352
 353     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 354      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 355      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 356      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 357      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 358      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 359      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 360      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 361      * should require their own thread.
 362      */
 363
 364     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 365     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 366
 367
 368
 369         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 370      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 371         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 372         {
 373         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 374         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 375                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 376         if( drawerSize.width )
 377             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 378                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 379         }
 380
 381     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 382     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 383     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 384
 385     /* Destination box*/
 386     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 387     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 388     // MP4 file
 389     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 390     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 391         // MKV file
 392     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 393     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 394
 395     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 396
 397     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 398
 399         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 400         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 401         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 402         {
 403                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 404         }
 405
 406
 407
 408
 409     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 410                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 411
 412     /* Video encoder */
 413     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 414     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 415
 416
 417
 418     /* Video quality */
 419     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 420         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 421
 422     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 423     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 424
 425     /* Video framerate */
 426     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 427         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 428     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 429     {
 430         if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 431                 {
 432                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 433                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 434                 }
 435                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 436                 {
 437                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 438                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 439                 }
 440                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 441                 {
 442                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 443                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 444                 }
 445                 else
 446                 {
 447                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 448              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 449                 }
 450     }
 451     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 452
 453         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 454     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 455
 456         /* Audio bitrate */
 457     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 458     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 459     {
 460         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 461          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 462
 463     }
 464     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 465
 466     /* Audio samplerate */
 467     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 468     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 469     {
 470         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 471          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 472     }
 473     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 474
 475     /* Bottom */
 476     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 477
 478     [self enableUI: NO];
 479         [self setupToolbar];
 480
 481         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 482         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 483         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 484
 485
 486         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 487         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 488         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 489         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 490
 491
 492 }
 493
 494 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 495 {
 496     NSControl * controls[] =
 497     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 498         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 499         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 500         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 501         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 502         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 503         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 504         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 505         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 506         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 507         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 508         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 509         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 510         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 511         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 512         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 513                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 514     fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel};
 515
 516     for( unsigned i = 0;
 517         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 518     {
 519         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 520         {
 521             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 522             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 523             {
 524                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 525                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 526                 continue;
 527             }
 528         }
 529         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 530
 531     }
 532
 533         if (b) {
 534
 535         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 536         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 537         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 538         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 539         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 540
 541         } else {
 542
 543                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 544
 545         }
 546
 547     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 548     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 549 }
 550
 551
 552 /***********************************************************************
 553  * UpdateDockIcon
 554  ***********************************************************************
 555  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 556  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 557  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 558  * icon.
 559  **********************************************************************/
 560 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 561 {
 562     NSData * tiff;
 563     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 564     uint32_t * pen;
 565     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 566     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 567     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 568     int row_start, row_end;
 569     int i, j;
 570
 571     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 572     {
 573         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: fApplicationIcon];
 574         return;
 575     }
 576
 577     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 578     tiff = [fApplicationIcon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 579             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 580     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 581
 582     /* Draw the progression bar */
 583     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 584
 585     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 586     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 587
 588     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 589     {
 590         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 591         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 592         {
 593             pen[j] = black;
 594         }
 595     }
 596     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 597     {
 598         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 599         pen[0] = black;
 600         pen[1] = black;
 601         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 602         {
 603             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 604             {
 605                 pen[j] = red;
 606             }
 607             else
 608             {
 609                 pen[j] = white;
 610             }
 611         }
 612         pen[j]   = black;
 613         pen[j+1] = black;
 614     }
 615     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 616     {
 617         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 618         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 619         {
 620             pen[j] = black;
 621         }
 622     }
 623
 624     /* Now update the dock icon */
 625     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 626             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 627     NSImage* icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 628     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 629     [icon release];
 630 }
 631
 632 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 633 {
 634
 635     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 636
 637     hb_list_t  * list;
 638     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 639     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 640      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 641      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 642         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 643         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 644         {
 645                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 646         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 647         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 648         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 649                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 650         }
 651
 652     hb_state_t s;
 653     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 654
 655     switch( s.state )
 656     {
 657         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 658             break;
 659 #define p s.param.scanning
 660         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 661                 {
 662             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 663                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 664                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 665             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 666             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 667             break;
 668                 }
 669 #undef p
 670
 671 #define p s.param.scandone
 672         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 673         {
 674             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 675             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 676             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 677                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 678             [self showNewScan:nil];
 679             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 680
 681                         break;
 682         }
 683 #undef p
 684
 685 #define p s.param.working
 686         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 687         {
 688
 689             break;
 690         }
 691 #undef p
 692
 693 #define p s.param.muxing
 694         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 695         {
 696
 697             break;
 698         }
 699 #undef p
 700
 701         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 702             break;
 703
 704         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 705         {
 706             break;
 707         }
 708     }
 709
 710
 711     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 712     // hb_list_t  * list;
 713     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 714     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 715      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 716      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 717
 718     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 719         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 720         {
 721                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 722         }
 723
 724     //hb_state_t s;
 725     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 726
 727     switch( s.state )
 728     {
 729         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 730             break;
 731 #define p s.param.scanning
 732         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 733                 {
 734             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 735                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 736                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 737
 738             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 739             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 740                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 741                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 742             break;
 743                 }
 744 #undef p
 745
 746 #define p s.param.scandone
 747         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 748         {
 749                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 750             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 751             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 752
 753                         break;
 754         }
 755 #undef p
 756
 757 #define p s.param.working
 758         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 759         {
 760             NSMutableString * string;
 761             NSString * pass_desc;
 762                         /* Update text field */
 763             if (p.job_cur == 1 && p.job_count > 1)
 764             {
 765                 if ([[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] && [[[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex]objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectAtIndex:0] objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue] == 1)
 766                 {
 767                     pass_desc = @"(subtitle scan)";
 768                 }
 769                 else
 770                 {
 771                     pass_desc = @"";
 772                 }
 773             }
 774             else
 775             {
 776                 pass_desc = @"";
 777             }
 778
 779                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 780
 781                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 782             {
 783                 [string appendFormat:
 784                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 785                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 786             }
 787
 788             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 789             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 790             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 791             /* Update slider */
 792             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 793             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 794             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 795
 796             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 797             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 798             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 799             // HBController.
 800             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 801             {
 802                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 803                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 804                     frame.size.width = 591;
 805                 frame.size.height += 36;
 806                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 807                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 808                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 809
 810             }
 811
 812             /* Update dock icon */
 813             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 814             {
 815                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 816                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 817             }
 818
 819             break;
 820         }
 821 #undef p
 822
 823 #define p s.param.muxing
 824         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 825         {
 826             /* Update text field */
 827             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 828             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 829             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 830             /* Update slider */
 831             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 832             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 833
 834             /* Update dock icon */
 835             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 836
 837                         break;
 838         }
 839 #undef p
 840
 841         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 842                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 843             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 844
 845                         break;
 846
 847         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 848         {
 849             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 850             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 851             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 852
 853             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 854             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 855             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 856             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 857             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 858             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 859             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 860             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 861
 862             /* Restore dock icon */
 863             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 864             dockIconProgress = 0;
 865
 866             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 867             {
 868                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 869                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 870                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 871                 frame.size.height += -36;
 872                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 873                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 874                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 875                         }
 876             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 877              * individual encode log
 878              */
 879                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 880             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 881              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 882                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 883             {
 884                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 885                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 886                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 887
 888                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 889                 /* Growl alert */
 890                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 891                 /* Send to MetaX */
 892                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 893
 894                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 895                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 896
 897                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 898                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 899                  */
 900                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 901                 {
 902                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 903                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 904                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 905                     {
 906                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 907                         int status;
 908                         NSBeep();
 909                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 910                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 911                     }
 912
 913                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 914                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 915                     {
 916                         /* Sleep */
 917                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 918                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 919                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 920                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 921                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 922                         [scriptObject release];
 923                     }
 924                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 925                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 926                     {
 927                         /* Shut Down */
 928                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 929                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 930                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 931                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 932                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 933                         [scriptObject release];
 934                     }
 935
 936                 }
 937
 938
 939             }
 940
 941             break;
 942         }
 943     }
 944
 945 }
 946
 947 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
 948 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
 949 {
 950     va_list args;
 951     va_start(args, format);
 952     if (format != nil)
 953     {
 954         char str[1024];
 955         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
 956
 957         time_t _now = time( NULL );
 958         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
 959         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
 960     }
 961     va_end(args);
 962 }
 963
 964 #pragma mark -
 965 #pragma mark Toolbar
 966 // ============================================================
 967 // NSToolbar Related Methods
 968 // ============================================================
 969
 970 - (void) setupToolbar {
 971     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
 972
 973     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
 974     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
 975     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
 976
 977     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
 978
 979     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
 980 }
 981
 982 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
 983     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
 984     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
 985
 986     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
 987     {
 988         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
 989         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
 990         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
 991         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
 992         [item setTarget: self];
 993         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
 994         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 995     }
 996     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
 997     {
 998         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
 999         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1000         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1001         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1002         [item setTarget: self];
1003         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
1004     }
1005     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1006     {
1007         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1008         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1009         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
1010         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
1011         [item setTarget: self];
1012         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
1013         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1014     }
1015     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1016     {
1017         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1018         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1019         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
1020         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
1021         [item setTarget: self];
1022         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
1023     }
1024     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1025     {
1026         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
1027         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1028         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1029         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1030         [item setTarget: self];
1031         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1032     }
1033     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1034     {
1035         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1036         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1037         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1038         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1039         [item setTarget: self];
1040         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1041     }
1042     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1043     {
1044         [item setLabel: @"Preview Window"];
1045         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Preview"];
1046         [item setToolTip: @"Show Preview"];
1047         //[item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1048         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Brushed_Window"]];
1049         [item setTarget: self];
1050         [item setAction: @selector(showPreviewWindow:)];
1051     }
1052     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1053     {
1054         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1055         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1056         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1057         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1058         [item setTarget: self];
1059         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1060         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1061     }
1062     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1063     {
1064         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1065         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1066         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1067         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1068         [item setTarget: self];
1069         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1070     }
1071     else
1072     {
1073         return nil;
1074     }
1075
1076     return item;
1077 }
1078
1079 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1080 {
1081     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1082         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1083                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1084 }
1085
1086 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1087 {
1088     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1089         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1090         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1091         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1092 }
1093
1094 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1095 {
1096     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1097
1098     if (fHandle)
1099     {
1100         hb_state_t s;
1101
1102         hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1103         if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING && ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] || [ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier]))
1104             return NO;
1105
1106         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1107
1108         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1109         {
1110             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1111             {
1112                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1113                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1114                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1115                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1116                 return YES;
1117             }
1118             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1119             {
1120                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1121                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1122                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1123                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1124                 return YES;
1125             }
1126             if (SuccessfulScan)
1127             {
1128                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1129                     return YES;
1130                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1131                     return YES;
1132                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1133                     return YES;
1134             }
1135         }
1136         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1137         {
1138             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1139             {
1140                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1141                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1142                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1143                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1144                 return YES;
1145             }
1146             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1147                 return YES;
1148             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1149                 return YES;
1150             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1151                 return YES;
1152             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1153                 return YES;
1154         }
1155         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1156             return NO;
1157         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1158         {
1159             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1160             {
1161                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1162                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1163                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1164                 else
1165                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1166                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1167                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1168                 return YES;
1169             }
1170             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1171                 return YES;
1172             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1173                 return YES;
1174             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1175                 return YES;
1176         }
1177
1178     }
1179     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1180     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1181         return YES;
1182     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1183         return YES;
1184     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1185         return YES;
1186     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1187         return YES;
1188     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1189         return YES;
1190
1191     return NO;
1192 }
1193
1194 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1195 {
1196     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1197
1198     hb_state_t s;
1199     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1200
1201     if (fHandle)
1202     {
1203         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1204             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1205
1206         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1207         {
1208             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1209                 return NO;
1210             else
1211                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1212         }
1213         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1214             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1215         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1216         {
1217             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1218             {
1219                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1220                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1221                 return YES;
1222             }
1223             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1224             {
1225                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1226                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1227                 return YES;
1228             }
1229             else
1230                 return NO;
1231         }
1232         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1233         {
1234             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1235             {
1236                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1237                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1238                 return YES;
1239             }
1240             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1241             {
1242                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1243                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1244                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1245             }
1246             else
1247                 return NO;
1248         }
1249     }
1250     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1251     {
1252         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1253     }
1254
1255     return YES;
1256 }
1257
1258 #pragma mark -
1259 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1260 // register a test notification and make
1261 // it enabled by default
1262 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1263 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1264 {
1265     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1266     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1267     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1268     nil];
1269
1270     return registrationDictionary;
1271 }
1272
1273 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1274 {
1275     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1276     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1277     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1278     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1279     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1280         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1281     {
1282         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1283         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1284          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1285          description:growlMssg
1286          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1287          iconData:nil
1288          priority:0
1289          isSticky:1
1290          clickContext:nil];
1291     }
1292
1293 }
1294 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1295 {
1296     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1297     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1298     {
1299         NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@", @"tell application \"MetaX\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1300         [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1301         [myScript release];
1302     }
1303 }
1304 #pragma mark -
1305 #pragma mark Get New Source
1306
1307 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1308 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1309 {
1310     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1311
1312     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1313     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1314     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1315     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1316     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1317         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1318         {
1319                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1320         }
1321         else
1322         {
1323                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1324                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1325         }
1326     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1327         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1328         */
1329     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1330                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1331                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1332                       contextInfo: sender];
1333 }
1334
1335 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1336                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1337 {
1338     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1339      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1340      */
1341     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1342     /* User selected a file to open */
1343         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1344     {
1345             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1346         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1347
1348         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1349         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1350         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1351         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1352         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1353          * the title selection sheet right away
1354          */
1355         [sheet orderOut: self];
1356
1357         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu)
1358         {
1359             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1360              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1361              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1362              * purposes in the title panel
1363              */
1364             /* Full Path */
1365             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1366             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1367
1368             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1369             {
1370                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1371                  we have to use the title->dvd value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1372                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1373             }
1374             else
1375             {
1376                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1377                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1378             }
1379             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1380             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1381             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1382             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1383             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1384              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1385              */
1386             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1387         }
1388         else
1389         {
1390             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1391             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1392
1393             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1394             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1395             {
1396                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1397                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1398                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1399                 {
1400                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1401                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1402                      .mpg media file */
1403                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1404                     NSString *mpgname;
1405                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1406                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: YES
1407                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1408                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1409                     if (n > 0)
1410                     {
1411                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1412                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1413                         path = mpgname;
1414                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1415                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1416                     }
1417                     else
1418                     {
1419                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1420                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1421                     }
1422                 }
1423                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1424                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1425                 {
1426                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1427                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1428                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1429                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1430                 }
1431                 else
1432                 {
1433                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1434                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1435                 }
1436             }
1437             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1438             {
1439                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1440                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1441                 {
1442                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1443                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1444                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1445                 }
1446                 else
1447                 {
1448                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1449                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1450                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1451                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1452                 }
1453                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1454             }
1455
1456         }
1457
1458     }
1459 }
1460
1461 - (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender
1462 {
1463     NSMutableDictionary* d = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] initWithObjectsAndKeys:
1464         fApplicationIcon, @"ApplicationIcon",
1465         nil ];
1466     [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:d];
1467     [d release];
1468 }
1469
1470 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1471 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1472 {
1473     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1474     * user changes it
1475     */
1476     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1477         /* Show the panel */
1478         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1479 }
1480
1481 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1482 {
1483     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1484     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1485
1486     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1487     {
1488         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1489         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1490                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1491         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1492         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1493
1494         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1495             * to be scanned
1496             */
1497         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1498     }
1499 }
1500
1501 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1502 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1503 {
1504     /* set the bool applyQueueToScan so that we dont apply a queue setting to the final scan */
1505     applyQueueToScan = NO;
1506     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1507     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1508     NSString *path = scanPath;
1509     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1510
1511     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1512     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1513     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1514
1515     // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1516     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1517     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1518
1519     [self enableUI: NO];
1520
1521     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1522     {
1523         int hb_arch;
1524 #if defined( __LP64__ )
1525         /* we are 64 bit */
1526         hb_arch = 64;
1527 #else
1528         /* we are 32 bit */
1529         hb_arch = 32;
1530 #endif
1531
1532
1533         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1534         // device path instead.
1535         path = [detector devicePath];
1536         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1537
1538         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1539         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1540         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1541             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1542             {
1543             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1544             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1545             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1546             int status;
1547             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1548             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1549
1550             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1551             {
1552                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1553                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1554             }
1555             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1556             {
1557                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1558                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1559             }
1560             else
1561             {
1562                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1563                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1564                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1565             }
1566
1567         }
1568         else
1569         {
1570             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1571             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1572         }
1573         /* test for architecture of the vlc app */
1574         NSArray *vlc_architecturesArray = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Applications/VLC.app"] executableArchitectures];
1575         BOOL vlcIntel32bit = NO;
1576         BOOL vlcIntel64bit = NO;
1577         BOOL vlcPPC32bit = NO;
1578         BOOL vlcPPC64bit = NO;
1579         /* check the available architectures for vlc and note accordingly */
1580         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [vlc_architecturesArray objectEnumerator];
1581         id tempObject;
1582         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1583         {
1584
1585             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureI386)
1586             {
1587                 vlcIntel32bit = YES;
1588             }
1589             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureX86_64)
1590             {
1591                 vlcIntel64bit = YES;
1592             }
1593             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC)
1594             {
1595                 vlcPPC32bit = YES;
1596             }
1597             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC64)
1598             {
1599                 vlcPPC64bit = YES;
1600             }
1601
1602         }
1603         /* Write vlc architecture findings to activity window */
1604         if (vlcIntel32bit)
1605         {
1606             [self writeToActivityLog: " 32-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1607         }
1608         if (vlcIntel64bit)
1609         {
1610             [self writeToActivityLog: " 64-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1611         }
1612
1613
1614
1615         if (hb_arch == 64 && !vlcIntel64bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1616         {
1617
1618             /* we are 64 bit */
1619
1620             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1621             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1622             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, 64 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1623             /*On Screen Notification*/
1624             int status;
1625             NSBeep();
1626             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, VLC found but not 64 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 64 bit VLC", nil);
1627             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1628
1629             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1630             {
1631                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1632                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 64 bit, scan cancelled"];
1633                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1634             }
1635             else if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1636             {
1637                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1638                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1639             }
1640             else
1641             {
1642                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1643                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1644             }
1645
1646         }
1647         else if (hb_arch == 32 && !vlcIntel32bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1648         {
1649             /* we are 32 bit */
1650             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1651             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1652             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, 32 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1653             /*On Screen Notification*/
1654             int status;
1655             NSBeep();
1656             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, VLC found but not 32 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 32 bit VLC", nil);
1657             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1658
1659             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1660             {
1661                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1662                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 32 bit, scan cancelled"];
1663                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1664             }
1665             else if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1666             {
1667                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 32-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1668                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1669             }
1670             else
1671             {
1672                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1673                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1674             }
1675
1676         }
1677     }
1678
1679     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1680     {
1681         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1682         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1683          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1684          */
1685         if (!scanTitleNum)
1686         {
1687             scanTitleNum = 0;
1688         }
1689         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1690         {
1691             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1692         }
1693         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1694         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1695         /* set title to NULL */
1696         //fTitle = NULL;
1697         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1698         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1699     }
1700 }
1701
1702 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1703 {
1704     hb_list_t  * list;
1705         hb_title_t * title;
1706         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1707         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1708
1709
1710         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1711
1712         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1713         {
1714             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1715             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1716             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1717
1718             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1719             [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1720             [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1721
1722             // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1723             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1724             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1725         }
1726         else
1727         {
1728             /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1729              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1730              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1731              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1732
1733             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1734
1735             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1736
1737             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1738             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1739             {
1740                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1741
1742                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1743                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1744                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1745
1746                 /* Use the dvd name in the default output field here
1747                  May want to add code to remove blank spaces for some dvd names*/
1748                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1749                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1750                 {
1751                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1752                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1753                 }
1754                 else
1755                 {
1756                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1757                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1758                 }
1759
1760
1761                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1762                 {
1763                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1764                     indxpri=i;
1765                 }
1766
1767                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1768                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1769                                                    title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1770                                                    title->seconds]];
1771             }
1772
1773             // Select the longuest title
1774             [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1775             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1776
1777             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1778             [self enableUI: YES];
1779
1780             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1781             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1782             {
1783                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1784
1785                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1786                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1787                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1788
1789                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1790                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1791                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1792
1793             }
1794
1795
1796         }
1797
1798 }
1799
1800
1801 #pragma mark -
1802 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1803
1804 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1805 {
1806     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1807     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1808         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1809         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1810                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1811                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1812                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1813 }
1814
1815 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1816              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1817 {
1818     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1819     {
1820         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1821         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1822         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1823         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1824     }
1825 }
1826
1827
1828 #pragma mark -
1829 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1830
1831 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1832 {
1833     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1834 }
1835
1836 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1837 {
1838     return YES;
1839 }
1840
1841 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1842 {
1843     if( !flag ) {
1844         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1845
1846         return YES;
1847     }
1848
1849     return NO;
1850 }
1851
1852 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1853         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1854         return contentSize;
1855 }
1856
1857 #pragma mark -
1858 #pragma mark Queue File
1859
1860 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1861         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1862         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1863         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
1864     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
1865         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
1866     /* We check for the presets.plist */
1867         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
1868         {
1869                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
1870         }
1871
1872         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
1873         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
1874     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
1875         {
1876         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
1877                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1878
1879      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
1880      * so we can use it to track which queue
1881      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
1882      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
1883       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
1884       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
1885
1886         }
1887     else
1888     {
1889     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
1890     }
1891     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
1892 }
1893
1894 - (void)addQueueFileItem
1895 {
1896         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
1897         [self saveQueueFileItem];
1898
1899 }
1900
1901 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
1902 {
1903
1904    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
1905    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
1906     {
1907     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
1908      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
1909      */
1910     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
1911     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
1912     }
1913     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
1914     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1915
1916 }
1917
1918 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
1919 {
1920     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
1921     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
1922     [self getQueueStats];
1923 }
1924
1925 - (void)getQueueStats
1926 {
1927 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
1928
1929 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
1930 fPendingCount = 0;
1931 fCompletedCount = 0;
1932 fCanceledCount = 0;
1933 fWorkingCount = 0;
1934
1935     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1936      * in controller.mm
1937      * 0 == already encoded
1938      * 1 == is being encoded
1939      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1940      * 3 == cancelled
1941      */
1942
1943         int i = 0;
1944     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1945         id tempObject;
1946         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1947         {
1948                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
1949                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
1950                 {
1951                         fCompletedCount++;
1952                 }
1953                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
1954                 {
1955                         fWorkingCount++;
1956             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
1957                 }
1958         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
1959         {
1960                         fPendingCount++;
1961                 }
1962         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
1963         {
1964                         fCanceledCount++;
1965                 }
1966                 i++;
1967         }
1968
1969     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
1970     NSMutableString * string;
1971     if (fPendingCount == 1)
1972     {
1973         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1974     }
1975     else
1976     {
1977         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1978     }
1979     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
1980 }
1981
1982 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
1983  * currently used right after a queue reload
1984  */
1985 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
1986 {
1987     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1988         id tempObject;
1989     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1990     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1991     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1992     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1993     {
1994         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
1995          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
1996          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
1997          */
1998         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
1999         {
2000             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
2001         }
2002         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2003     }
2004
2005     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
2006     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2007 }
2008
2009
2010 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
2011  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
2012 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
2013 {
2014     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2015         id tempObject;
2016     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2017     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2018     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2019     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2020     {
2021         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
2022          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
2023          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
2024          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
2025          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
2026          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
2027          */
2028         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
2029         {
2030             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2031         }
2032     }
2033
2034     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2035     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2036 }
2037
2038 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
2039 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
2040 {
2041     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2042         id tempObject;
2043     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2044     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2045     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2046     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2047     {
2048         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2049     }
2050
2051     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2052     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2053 }
2054
2055 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
2056  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
2057  * be recalled later */
2058 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
2059 {
2060     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
2061
2062        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2063     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2064             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2065     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2066
2067
2068
2069     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2070      * 0 == already encoded
2071      * 1 == is being encoded
2072      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2073      * 3 == cancelled
2074      */
2075     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
2076     /* Source and Destination Information */
2077
2078     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->dvd] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
2079     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
2080     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
2081     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
2082     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
2083
2084     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
2085
2086     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
2087
2088     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
2089     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2090     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2091
2092     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
2093     /* Chapter Markers*/
2094     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
2095     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
2096     {
2097         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2098     }
2099     else
2100     {
2101         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2102     }
2103
2104     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
2105      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
2106      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
2107      */
2108      int i;
2109      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2110      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
2111      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
2112     {
2113         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
2114         if( chapter != NULL )
2115         {
2116           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
2117         }
2118     }
2119     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
2120     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
2121
2122     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2123         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
2124     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2125     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
2126     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
2127     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
2128
2129     /* Codecs */
2130         /* Video encoder */
2131         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
2132         /* x264 Option String */
2133         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
2134
2135         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
2136         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
2137         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
2138         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
2139     /* Framerate */
2140     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
2141
2142         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2143         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
2144         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
2145         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
2146
2147         /* Picture Sizing */
2148         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2149         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2150         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2151         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2152         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2153         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2154     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
2155     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
2156     {
2157         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2158         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2159
2160         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2161         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2162
2163         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2164         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2165
2166     }
2167     NSString * pictureSummary;
2168     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2169     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2170     /* Set crop settings here */
2171         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2172     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2173     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2174         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2175         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2176
2177     /* Picture Filters */
2178     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2179     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2180
2181     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2182     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2183     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2184
2185     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2186     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2187
2188     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2189     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2190
2191     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2192
2193     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2194
2195     /*Audio*/
2196     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2197     {
2198         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2199         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2200         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2201         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2202         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2203         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2204         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2205     }
2206     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2207     {
2208         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2209         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2210         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2211         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2212         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2213         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2214         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2215     }
2216     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2217     {
2218         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2219         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2220         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2221         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2222         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2223         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2224         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2225     }
2226     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2227     {
2228         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2229         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2230         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2231         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2232         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2233         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2234         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2235     }
2236
2237         /* Subtitles*/
2238     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2239     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSArray arrayWithArray: [fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray: subtitlesArray]] forKey:@"SubtitleList"];
2240     [subtitlesArray autorelease];
2241
2242     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2243
2244     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2245
2246     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2247
2248
2249     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2250
2251     /* Codecs */
2252         /* Video encoder */
2253         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2254
2255     /* Framerate */
2256     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2257     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2258     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2259
2260     /* Picture Sizing */
2261         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2262         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2263         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2264         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2265         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2266         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2267
2268     /* Set crop settings here */
2269         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2270     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2271     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2272         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2273         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2274
2275
2276     /*Audio*/
2277     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2278     {
2279         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2280         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2281         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2282         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2283         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2284      }
2285     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2286     {
2287         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2288         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2289         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2290         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2291         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2292     }
2293     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2294     {
2295         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2296         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2297         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2298         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2299         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2300     }
2301     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2302     {
2303         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2304         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2305         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2306         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2307         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2308     }
2309
2310
2311     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2312     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2313     return queueFileJob;
2314
2315 }
2316
2317 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2318 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2319 {
2320     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2321     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2322
2323
2324     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2325
2326     if (index >= insertIndex)
2327     {
2328         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2329         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2330     }
2331     else
2332     {
2333         removeIndex = index;
2334         insertIndex--;
2335     }
2336
2337     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2338     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2339     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2340     [object release];
2341
2342     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2343
2344    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2345     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2346     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2347
2348 }
2349
2350
2351 #pragma mark -
2352 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2353
2354 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2355 {
2356     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2357     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2358
2359     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2360     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2361         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2362     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2363
2364     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2365      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2366      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2367      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2368     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2369     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2370     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2371     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2372     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2373     {
2374     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2375     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2376     }
2377     else
2378     {
2379         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2380     }
2381 }
2382
2383 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2384 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2385 {
2386    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2387     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2388
2389
2390      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2391     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2392     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2393     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2394     */
2395     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2396     NSString *path = scanPath;
2397     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2398
2399         /*On Screen Notification*/
2400         //int status;
2401         //status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake is now loading up a new queue item...",@"Would You Like to wait until you add another encode?", @"Cancel", @"Okay", nil);
2402         //[NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2403
2404     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2405     {
2406         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2407         // device path instead.
2408         path = [detector devicePath];
2409         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2410
2411         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2412         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2413         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2414             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2415             {
2416             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2417             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2418             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2419             int status;
2420             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2421             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2422
2423             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2424             {
2425                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2426                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2427             }
2428             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2429             {
2430             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2431             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2432             }
2433             else
2434             {
2435             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2436             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2437             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2438             }
2439
2440         }
2441         else
2442         {
2443             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2444             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2445         }
2446     }
2447
2448     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2449     {
2450         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2451         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2452          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2453          */
2454         if (!scanTitleNum)
2455         {
2456             scanTitleNum = 0;
2457         }
2458         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2459         {
2460             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2461         }
2462
2463         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2464         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2465         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2466         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2467     }
2468 }
2469
2470 /* This method was originally used to load up a new queue item in the gui and
2471  * then start processing it. However we now have modified -prepareJob and use a second
2472  * instance of libhb to do our actual encoding, therefor right now it is not required.
2473  * Nonetheless I want to leave this in here
2474  * because basically its everything we need to be able to actually modify a pending queue
2475  * item in the gui and resave it. At least for now - dynaflash
2476  */
2477
2478 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettings:(id)sender
2479 {
2480     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2481     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2482
2483     /* Set title number and chapters */
2484     /* since the queue only scans a single title, we really don't need to pick a title */
2485     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2486
2487     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2488     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2489
2490     /* File Format */
2491     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2492     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2493
2494     /* Chapter Markers*/
2495     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2496     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2497     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2498     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2499     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2500
2501     /* Video encoder */
2502     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2503     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2504     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2505
2506     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2507     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2508     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2509     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2510     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2511
2512     /* Video quality */
2513     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2514
2515     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2516     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2517     [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2518
2519     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2520
2521     /* Video framerate */
2522     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2523      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2524     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2525     {
2526         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2527     }
2528     else
2529     {
2530         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2531     }
2532
2533     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2534     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2535     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2536     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2537     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2538
2539     /*Audio*/
2540     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
2541     {
2542         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2543         {
2544             [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2545         }
2546         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2547         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2548         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2549         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2550         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2551          * mixdown*/
2552         if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2553         {
2554             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2555         }
2556         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2557         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2558         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2559         {
2560             [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2561         }
2562         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2563         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2564     }
2565     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
2566     {
2567         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2568         {
2569             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2570         }
2571         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2572         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2573         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2574         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2575         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2576          * mixdown*/
2577         if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2578         {
2579             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2580         }
2581         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2582         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2583         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2584         {
2585             [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2586         }
2587         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2588         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2589     }
2590     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
2591     {
2592         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2593         {
2594             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2595         }
2596         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2597         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2598         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2599         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2600         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2601          * mixdown*/
2602         if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2603         {
2604             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2605         }
2606         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2607         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2608         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
2609         {
2610             [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2611         }
2612         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2613         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2614     }
2615     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
2616     {
2617         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2618         {
2619             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2620         }
2621         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2622         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2623         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2624         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2625         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2626          * mixdown*/
2627         if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2628         {
2629             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2630         }
2631         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2632         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2633         if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2634         {
2635             [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2636         }
2637         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2638         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2639     }
2640
2641
2642     /*Subtitles*/
2643     [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
2644     /* Forced Subtitles */
2645     [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
2646
2647     /* Picture Settings */
2648     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2649     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2650     {
2651         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2652         job->width = fTitle->width;
2653         job->height = fTitle->height;
2654     }
2655     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2656     {
2657         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2658         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2659         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2660     }
2661     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2662     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2663     {
2664         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2665         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2666         {
2667             job->height = fTitle->height;
2668             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2669         }
2670     }
2671     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2672
2673
2674     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2675      when the preset was created and apply them */
2676     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2677     {
2678         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2679
2680         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2681         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2682         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2683         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2684         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2685
2686     }
2687     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2688     {
2689         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2690         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2691         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2692         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2693         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2694         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2695
2696     }
2697
2698     /* Filters */
2699     /* Deinterlace */
2700     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2701
2702     /* Detelecine */
2703     [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
2704     /* Denoise */
2705     [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
2706     /* Deblock */
2707     [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
2708     /* Decomb */
2709     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2710     /* Grayscale */
2711     [fPictureController setGrayscale:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue]];
2712
2713     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
2714
2715
2716     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
2717     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2718     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2719     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
2720         {
2721                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2722         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
2723         //[self selectPreset:nil];
2724
2725         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
2726                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2727                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
2728
2729                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2730         }
2731     else
2732     {
2733         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2734                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
2735                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2736                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
2737
2738                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2739     }
2740
2741     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
2742     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
2743
2744     /* so now we go ahead and process the new settings */
2745     [self processNewQueueEncode];
2746 }
2747
2748
2749
2750 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2751 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2752 {
2753     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2754     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2755     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2756
2757     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2758     {
2759         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2760     }
2761
2762     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2763     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2764     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2765     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2766     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2767     [self prepareJob];
2768
2769     /*
2770      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2771      */
2772     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2773     {
2774         char *x264opts_tmp;
2775
2776         /*
2777          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2778          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2779          */
2780         job->pass = -1;
2781         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2782
2783         job->x264opts = NULL;
2784
2785         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2786
2787
2788         /*
2789          * Add the pre-scan job
2790          */
2791         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2792         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2793     }
2794
2795
2796     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2797     {
2798         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2799
2800
2801
2802         job->pass = 1;
2803
2804         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2805
2806         job->pass = 2;
2807
2808         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2809         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2810
2811         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2812
2813     }
2814     else
2815     {
2816         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2817         job->pass = 0;
2818
2819         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2820     }
2821
2822     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2823         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2824         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2825     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2826     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2827
2828     /* we need to clean up the subtitle tracks after the job(s) have been set  */
2829     int num_subtitle_tracks = hb_list_count(job->list_subtitle);
2830     int ii;
2831     for(ii = 0; ii < num_subtitle_tracks; ii++)
2832     {
2833         hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
2834         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(job->list_subtitle, 0);
2835
2836
2837         hb_list_rem(job->list_subtitle, subtitle);
2838         free(subtitle);
2839     }
2840
2841
2842     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2843     [self doRip];
2844 }
2845
2846 #pragma mark -
2847 #pragma mark Live Preview
2848 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
2849  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
2850  * encodes
2851  */
2852 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
2853 {
2854     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2855     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2856             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2857     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2858     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
2859     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
2860     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2861     /* Chapter selection */
2862     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2863     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2864
2865     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
2866     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2867     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2868
2869     job->chapter_markers = 0;
2870
2871         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
2872     {
2873                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
2874          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
2875                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] == 2)
2876                 {
2877                 job->crf = 1;
2878                 }
2879
2880                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
2881                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
2882                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2883                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
2884                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
2885
2886
2887     }
2888
2889     /* Video settings */
2890    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
2891      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
2892      */
2893     job->vfr = 0;
2894     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
2895     {
2896         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
2897         job->vrate      = 27000000;
2898         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
2899         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
2900          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
2901          * a specific framerate*/
2902         job->cfr = 1;
2903     }
2904     else
2905     {
2906         /* We are same as source (variable) */
2907         job->vrate      = title->rate;
2908         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
2909         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
2910          * to enable true same as source framerate */
2911         job->cfr = 0;
2912         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
2913          * job->vfr
2914          */
2915         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2916         {
2917             job->vfr = 1;
2918         }
2919     }
2920
2921     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
2922     {
2923         case 0:
2924             /* Target size.
2925                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
2926                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
2927         case 1:
2928             job->vquality = -1.0;
2929             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
2930             break;
2931         case 2:
2932             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
2933             job->vbitrate = 0;
2934             break;
2935     }
2936
2937     /* Subtitle settings */
2938     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = nil;
2939     subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray: subtitlesArray]];
2940
2941
2942
2943  int subtitle = nil;
2944 int force;
2945 int burned;
2946 int def;
2947 bool one_burned = FALSE;
2948
2949     int i = 0;
2950     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [subtitlesArray objectEnumerator];
2951     id tempObject;
2952     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
2953     {
2954
2955         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
2956         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
2957         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
2958         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
2959
2960         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
2961          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
2962          */
2963         if (subtitle > 0)
2964         {
2965             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
2966              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
2967              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
2968              */
2969
2970             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
2971             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
2972             {
2973                 /* NOTE: Currently foreign language search is borked for preview.
2974                  * Commented out but left in for initial commit. */
2975
2976
2977                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
2978
2979                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
2980                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
2981                 {
2982                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
2983                     {
2984                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
2985                     }
2986                     else
2987                     {
2988                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
2989                     }
2990
2991                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
2992                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
2993
2994                 }
2995
2996
2997             }
2998             else
2999             {
3000
3001                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3002                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3003                 if (i == 0)
3004                 {
3005                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3006                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3007                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3008                 }
3009                 else
3010                 {
3011                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3012                      * so subtract 1. */
3013
3014                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3015                 }
3016
3017                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3018                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3019
3020                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3021
3022                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3023                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3024                 {
3025                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3026
3027                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3028
3029                     /* we need to srncpy file path and char code */
3030                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3031                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3032
3033                     sub_config.force = 0;
3034                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3035                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3036
3037                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3038                 }
3039
3040                 if (subt != NULL)
3041                 {
3042                     [self writeToActivityLog: "Setting Subtitle: %s", subt];
3043
3044                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3045
3046                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3047                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3048                     {
3049                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3050                     }
3051                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3052                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3053                     {
3054                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3055                         continue;
3056                     }
3057                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3058                     {
3059                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3060                         if (one_burned)
3061                             continue;
3062                         one_burned = TRUE;
3063                     }
3064                     sub_config.force = force;
3065                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3066                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3067                 }
3068
3069             }
3070         }
3071         i++;
3072     }
3073
3074
3075
3076 [subtitlesArray autorelease];
3077
3078
3079     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3080     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3081     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3082     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3083     {
3084         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3085         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3086     }
3087     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3088     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3089     {
3090         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3091         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3092         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3093         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3094         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3095         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3096         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3097         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3098         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3099         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
3100
3101         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3102         free(audio);
3103     }
3104     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3105     {
3106         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3107         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3108         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3109         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3110         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3111         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3112         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3113         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3114         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3115         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
3116
3117         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3118         free(audio);
3119
3120     }
3121
3122     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3123     {
3124         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3125         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3126         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3127         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3128         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3129         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3130         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3131         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3132         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3133         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
3134
3135         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3136         free(audio);
3137
3138     }
3139
3140     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3141     {
3142         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3143         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3144         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3145         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3146         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3147         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3148         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3149         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3150         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3151         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
3152
3153         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3154         free(audio);
3155
3156     }
3157
3158
3159
3160     /* Filters */
3161
3162     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
3163      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
3164      */
3165
3166     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
3167     {
3168         job->grayscale = 1;
3169     }
3170     else
3171     {
3172         job->grayscale = 0;
3173     }
3174
3175     /* Initialize the filters list */
3176     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3177
3178     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3179     * The order of the filters is critical
3180     */
3181
3182         /* Detelecine */
3183     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3184     {
3185         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3186         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
3187         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3188     }
3189     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
3190     {
3191         /* Default */
3192         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3193     }
3194
3195
3196
3197     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
3198     {
3199         /* Decomb */
3200         /* we add the custom string if present */
3201         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
3202         {
3203             /* use a custom decomb string */
3204             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
3205             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3206         }
3207         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
3208         {
3209             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3210             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
3211             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3212         }
3213     }
3214     else
3215     {
3216
3217         /* Deinterlace */
3218         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
3219         {
3220             /* we add the custom string if present */
3221             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
3222             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3223         }
3224         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
3225         {
3226             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3227             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3228             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3229         }
3230         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
3231         {
3232             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3233             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3234             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3235         }
3236         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
3237         {
3238             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3239             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3240             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3241         }
3242
3243         }
3244
3245     /* Denoise */
3246         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // custom in popup
3247         {
3248                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3249         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
3250         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3251         }
3252     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Weak in popup
3253         {
3254                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3255         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3256         }
3257         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Medium in popup
3258         {
3259                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3260         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3261         }
3262         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // Strong in popup
3263         {
3264                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3265         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3266         }
3267
3268
3269     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3270     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3271      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3272      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3273      */
3274     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3275     {
3276         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3277         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3278         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3279     }
3280
3281 }
3282
3283
3284 #pragma mark -
3285 #pragma mark Job Handling
3286
3287
3288 - (void) prepareJob
3289 {
3290
3291     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3292     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3293     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3294     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3295     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3296     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3297     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3298     /* Chapter selection */
3299     job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3300     job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3301
3302     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3303     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3304     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3305
3306
3307     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3308     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3309     {
3310         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3311     }
3312     else
3313     {
3314         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3315     }
3316     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3317     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3318     {
3319         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3320     }
3321     else
3322     {
3323         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3324     }
3325
3326
3327     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3328      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3329     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3330     {
3331         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3332
3333         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3334          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3335          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3336          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3337          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3338          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3339          */
3340
3341         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3342         int i = 0;
3343         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3344         id tempObject;
3345         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3346         {
3347             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3348             if( chapter != NULL )
3349             {
3350                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3351                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3352             }
3353             i++;
3354         }
3355     }
3356     else
3357     {
3358         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3359     }
3360
3361     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3362     {
3363                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3364             {
3365             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3366                 }
3367         else
3368         {
3369             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3370         }
3371
3372                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
3373          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
3374                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2)
3375                 {
3376                 job->crf = 1;
3377                 }
3378                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3379                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3380                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3381                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3382                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3383                 {
3384                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3385                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=1:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3386                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3387              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3388                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3389                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3390                 }
3391                 else
3392                 {
3393                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3394                 }
3395
3396     }
3397
3398
3399     /* Picture Size Settings */
3400     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3401     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3402
3403     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3404     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3405     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3406     {
3407         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3408         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3409         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3410
3411         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3412         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3413
3414         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3415         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3416     }
3417
3418     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3419     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3420     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3421     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3422     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3423
3424     /* Video settings */
3425     /* Framerate */
3426
3427     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3428      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3429      */
3430     job->vfr = 0;
3431     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3432     {
3433         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3434         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3435         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3436         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3437          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3438          * a specific framerate*/
3439         job->cfr = 1;
3440     }
3441     else
3442     {
3443         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3444         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3445         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3446         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3447          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3448         job->cfr = 0;
3449         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3450          * job->vfr
3451          */
3452         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3453         {
3454             job->vfr = 1;
3455         }
3456     }
3457
3458     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3459     {
3460         /* Target size.
3461          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3462          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3463         job->vquality = -1.0;
3464         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3465     }
3466     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3467     {
3468         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3469         job->vbitrate = 0;
3470
3471     }
3472
3473     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3474
3475
3476
3477 #pragma mark -
3478 #pragma mark Process Subtitles to libhb
3479
3480 /* Map the settings in the dictionaries for the SubtitleList array to match title->list_subtitle
3481  * which means that we need to account for the offset of non source language settings in from
3482  * the NSPopUpCell menu. For all of the objects in the SubtitleList array this means 0 is "None"
3483  * from the popup menu, additionally the first track has "Foreign Audio Search" at 1. So we use
3484  * an int to offset the index number for the objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum" to map that
3485  * to the source tracks position in title->list_subtitle.
3486  */
3487
3488 int subtitle = nil;
3489 int force;
3490 int burned;
3491 int def;
3492 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3493
3494     int i = 0;
3495     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectEnumerator];
3496     id tempObject;
3497     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3498     {
3499
3500         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3501         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3502         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3503         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3504
3505         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3506          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3507          */
3508         if (subtitle > 0)
3509         {
3510             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3511              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3512              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3513              */
3514
3515             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3516             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3517             {
3518                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3519
3520                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3521                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3522                 {
3523                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3524                     {
3525                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3526                     }
3527                     else
3528                     {
3529                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3530                     }
3531
3532                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3533                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3534                 }
3535
3536
3537             }
3538             else
3539             {
3540
3541                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3542                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3543                 if (i == 0)
3544                 {
3545                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3546                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3547                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3548                 }
3549                 else
3550                 {
3551                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3552                      * so subtract 1. */
3553
3554                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3555                 }
3556
3557                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3558                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3559
3560                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3561
3562                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3563                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3564                 {
3565                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3566
3567                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3568
3569                     /* we need to srncpy file name and codeset */
3570                     //sub_config.src_filename = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String];
3571                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3572                     //sub_config.src_codeset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String];
3573                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3574
3575                     sub_config.force = 0;
3576                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3577                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3578
3579                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3580                 }
3581
3582
3583                 if (subt != NULL)
3584                 {
3585                     [self writeToActivityLog: "Setting Subtitle: %s", subt];
3586
3587                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3588
3589                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3590                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3591                     {
3592                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3593                     }
3594                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3595                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3596                     {
3597                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3598                         continue;
3599                     }
3600                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3601                     {
3602                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3603                         if (one_burned)
3604                             continue;
3605                         one_burned = TRUE;
3606                     }
3607                     sub_config.force = force;
3608                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3609                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3610                 }
3611
3612             }
3613         }
3614         i++;
3615     }
3616
3617 #pragma mark -
3618
3619
3620     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3621     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3622     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3623     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3624     {
3625         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3626         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3627     }
3628     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3629     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3630     {
3631         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3632         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3633         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3634         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3635         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3636         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3637         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3638         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3639         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3640         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3641
3642         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3643         free(audio);
3644     }
3645     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3646     {
3647
3648         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3649         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3650         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3651         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3652         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3653         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3654         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3655         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3656         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3657         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3658         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3659
3660         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3661         free(audio);
3662     }
3663
3664     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3665     {
3666         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3667         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3668         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3669         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3670         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3671         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3672         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3673         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3674         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3675         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3676
3677         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3678         free(audio);
3679     }
3680
3681     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3682     {
3683         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3684         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3685         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3686         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3687         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3688         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3689         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3690         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3691         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3692         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3693
3694         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3695
3696
3697     }
3698
3699     /* Filters */
3700     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3701
3702     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3703      * The order of the filters is critical
3704      */
3705     /* Detelecine */
3706     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3707     {
3708         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3709         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3710         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3711     }
3712     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3713     {
3714         /* Use libhb's default values */
3715         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3716     }
3717
3718     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3719     {
3720         /* Decomb */
3721         /* we add the custom string if present */
3722         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3723         {
3724             /* use a custom decomb string */
3725             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3726             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3727         }
3728         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
3729         {
3730             /* Use libhb default */
3731             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3732         }
3733
3734     }
3735     else
3736     {
3737
3738         /* Deinterlace */
3739         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3740         {
3741             /* we add the custom string if present */
3742             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
3743             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3744         }
3745         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
3746         {
3747             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3748             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3749             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3750         }
3751         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
3752         {
3753             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3754             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3755             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3756         }
3757         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
3758         {
3759             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3760             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3761             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3762         }
3763
3764
3765     }
3766     /* Denoise */
3767         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Custom in popup
3768         {
3769                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3770         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
3771         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3772         }
3773     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Weak in popup
3774         {
3775                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3776         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3777         }
3778         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Medium in popup
3779         {
3780                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3781         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3782         }
3783         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Strong in popup
3784         {
3785                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3786         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3787         }
3788
3789
3790     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3791     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3792      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3793      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3794      */
3795     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
3796     {
3797         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
3798         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3799     }
3800 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
3801 }
3802
3803
3804
3805 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
3806 */
3807 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
3808 {
3809         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
3810         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3811         /* We check for a valid destination here */
3812         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3813         {
3814                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3815         return;
3816         }
3817
3818     BOOL fileExists;
3819     fileExists = NO;
3820
3821     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
3822     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
3823
3824     /* We check for and existing file here */
3825     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3826     {
3827         fileExists = YES;
3828     }
3829
3830     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
3831     int i = 0;
3832     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
3833         id tempObject;
3834         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3835         {
3836                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
3837                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3838                 {
3839                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
3840                 }
3841         i++;
3842         }
3843
3844
3845         if(fileExists == YES)
3846     {
3847         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
3848                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3849                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3850                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3851                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3852                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3853     }
3854     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
3855     {
3856     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
3857                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3858                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3859                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3860                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3861                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3862     }
3863     else
3864     {
3865         [self doAddToQueue];
3866     }
3867 }
3868
3869 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
3870    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3871 */
3872 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3873     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3874 {
3875     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3876         [self doAddToQueue];
3877 }
3878
3879 - (void) doAddToQueue
3880 {
3881     [self addQueueFileItem ];
3882 }
3883
3884
3885
3886 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
3887 */
3888 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
3889 {
3890     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
3891     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
3892     hb_state_t s;
3893     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3894
3895     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
3896         {
3897         [self Cancel: sender];
3898         return;
3899     }
3900
3901     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
3902                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
3903                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
3904
3905     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
3906     if (fPendingCount > 0)
3907     {
3908         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
3909         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3910
3911         return;
3912     }
3913
3914     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
3915
3916     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3917     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3918     {
3919         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3920         return;
3921     }
3922
3923     /* We check for duplicate name here */
3924     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
3925     {
3926         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
3927                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3928                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3929                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3930                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3931                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3932
3933         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
3934     }
3935     else
3936     {
3937         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3938          otherwise, just rip the queue */
3939         if(fPendingCount == 0)
3940         {
3941             [self doAddToQueue];
3942         }
3943
3944         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
3945         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3946
3947     }
3948 }
3949
3950 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
3951    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3952 */
3953 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3954     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3955 {
3956     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3957     {
3958         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3959         otherwise, just rip the queue */
3960         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
3961         {
3962             [self doAddToQueue];
3963         }
3964
3965         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3966         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
3967         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3968
3969     }
3970 }
3971
3972 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
3973 {
3974        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
3975        {
3976                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
3977                int reminduser;
3978                NSBeep();
3979                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3980                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3981                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3982                {
3983                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3984                }
3985        }
3986        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
3987        {
3988                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
3989                int reminduser;
3990                NSBeep();
3991                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3992                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3993                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3994                {
3995                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3996                }
3997        }
3998
3999 }
4000
4001
4002 - (void) doRip
4003 {
4004     /* Let libhb do the job */
4005     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4006     /*set the fEncodeState State */
4007         fEncodeState = 1;
4008 }
4009
4010
4011 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4012 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
4013 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
4014 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
4015 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4016 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
4017 {
4018     if (!fQueueController) return;
4019
4020   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4021     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
4022
4023     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
4024     NSWindow * docWindow;
4025     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
4026         docWindow = [sender window];
4027     else
4028         docWindow = fWindow;
4029
4030     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
4031             alertTitle,
4032             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
4033             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
4034             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
4035             docWindow, self,
4036             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
4037             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
4038
4039     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
4040 }
4041
4042 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
4043 {
4044    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4045      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
4046     {
4047         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
4048     }
4049     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
4050     {
4051     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
4052     }
4053 }
4054
4055 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4056 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
4057 // encodes.
4058 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4059 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
4060 {
4061     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
4062     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
4063     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
4064     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
4065     // remaining jobs.
4066
4067
4068     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4069
4070     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4071             hb_job_t * job;
4072             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4073                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4074
4075     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4076
4077     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4078     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4079     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4080     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4081     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4082     // so now lets move to
4083     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4084     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
4085     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
4086     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
4087     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
4088     {
4089     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
4090     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
4091
4092     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
4097     }
4098
4099 }
4100
4101 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
4102 {
4103     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4104
4105     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4106             hb_job_t * job;
4107             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4108                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4109
4110
4111     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4112
4113     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4114     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4115     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4116     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4117     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4118     // so now lets move to
4119     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4120     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
4121 }
4122 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
4123 {
4124     hb_state_t s;
4125     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4126
4127     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
4128     {
4129         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4130     }
4131     else
4132     {
4133         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4134     }
4135 }
4136
4137 #pragma mark -
4138 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
4139
4140 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
4141 {
4142     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4143     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4144         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4145
4146     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
4147     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
4148         {
4149                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4150                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4151                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
4152             title->index,
4153                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4154         }
4155
4156     /* Update chapter popups */
4157     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
4158     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
4159     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
4160     {
4161         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4162             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4163         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4164             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4165     }
4166
4167     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4168     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
4169         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
4170     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4171
4172     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
4173     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
4174     {
4175         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
4176         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
4177
4178         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
4179         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
4180         {
4181             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4182         }
4183         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4184     }
4185     else
4186     {
4187         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
4188         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
4189     }
4190
4191     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
4192         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4193         fTitle = title;
4194
4195     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
4196     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
4197
4198         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
4199         in variables for use with some presets later on */
4200         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
4201         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
4202         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
4203         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
4204         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
4205         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
4206
4207         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
4208     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
4209
4210
4211     /* Update Subtitle Table */
4212     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4213     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4214
4215
4216     /* Update chapter table */
4217     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4218     [fChapterTable reloadData];
4219
4220    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
4221     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4222     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4223     {
4224         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4225         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4226     }
4227
4228     /* Update audio popups */
4229     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
4230     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
4231     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
4232     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
4233     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
4234         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
4235         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
4236     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4237     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4238     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4239
4240         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
4241         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4242         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4243         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4244     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4245     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4246
4247     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4248
4249     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
4250         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4251
4252    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
4253     [self selectPreset:nil];
4254 }
4255
4256 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4257 {
4258
4259         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
4260         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
4261         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
4262         {
4263                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
4264     }
4265
4266
4267         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4268     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
4269         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4270
4271     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
4272     int64_t        duration = 0;
4273     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4274          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
4275     {
4276         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
4277         duration += chapter->duration;
4278     }
4279
4280     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
4281     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4282         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4283         duration % 60]];
4284
4285     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4286
4287     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4288     {
4289     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
4290     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
4291     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
4292     }
4293     else
4294     {
4295     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4296     }
4297 }
4298
4299 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4300 {
4301     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
4302     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4303     char * ext = NULL;
4304         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
4305     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4306     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4307     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4308
4309     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
4310     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
4311     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
4312     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4313
4314     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
4315     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
4316     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4317     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
4318     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4319     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
4320
4321     switch( format )
4322     {
4323         case 0:
4324                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
4325                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
4326                         {
4327                                 ext = "m4v";
4328                         }
4329                         else
4330                         {
4331                                 ext = "mp4";
4332                         }
4333             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4334             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4335             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4336             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
4337             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4338                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4339                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4340             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4341             break;
4342
4343             case 1:
4344             ext = "mkv";
4345             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4346             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4347             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4348             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4349             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
4350             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
4351                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4352                         break;
4353
4354
4355     }
4356     /* tell fSubtitlesDelegate we have a new video container */
4357
4358     [fSubtitlesDelegate containerChanged:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]];
4359     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4360     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
4361     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
4362     {
4363         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
4364     }
4365     else
4366     {
4367         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4368     }
4369
4370     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4371     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4372     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4373     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4374
4375     if( format == 0 )
4376         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4377     else
4378         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4379
4380     if( SuccessfulScan )
4381     {
4382         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4383         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4384         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4385         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4386         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4387
4388         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4389         {
4390
4391             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4392             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4393
4394             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4395             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4396
4397             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4398             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4399             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4400         }
4401     }
4402         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4403 }
4404
4405 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4406 {
4407     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4408         return;
4409
4410     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4411
4412     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4413                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4414                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4415                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4416                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4417     {
4418         extension = @"m4v";
4419     }
4420
4421     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4422         return;
4423     else
4424         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4425                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4426 }
4427
4428 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4429 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4430 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4431 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4432 {
4433         if ([sender stringValue])
4434         {
4435                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4436                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4437                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4438                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4439
4440                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4441         }
4442 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4443 }
4444
4445
4446 #pragma mark -
4447 #pragma mark - Video
4448
4449 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4450 {
4451     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4452     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4453
4454     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4455     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4456     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4457     {
4458         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4459         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4460     }
4461
4462     /* We need to set loose anamorphic as available depending on whether or not the ffmpeg encoder
4463     is being used as it borks up loose anamorphic .
4464     For convenience lets use the titleOfSelected index. Probably should revisit whether or not we want
4465     to use the index itself but this is easier */
4466     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4467     {
4468         if (job->anamorphic.mode == 2)
4469         {
4470             job->anamorphic.mode = 0;
4471         }
4472         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:NO];
4473         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4474          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4475          anything other than MP4.
4476          */
4477         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4478         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4479     }
4480     else
4481     {
4482         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:YES];
4483         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4484     }
4485     [self setupQualitySlider];
4486         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4487         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4488 }
4489
4490
4491 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4492 {
4493         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4494         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4495     {
4496                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4497                 {
4498                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4499                 }
4500                 else
4501                 {
4502                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4503                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4504                 }
4505                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4506                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4507                 {
4508                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4509                 }
4510         }
4511         else
4512         {
4513                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4514                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4515         }
4516
4517         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4518         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4519 }
4520
4521 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4522 {
4523     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4524     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4525
4526     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4527         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4528 }
4529 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4530 {
4531     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4532
4533     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4534     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4535     {
4536         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4537         {
4538             case 0:
4539                 target = true;
4540                 break;
4541             case 1:
4542                 bitrate = true;
4543                 break;
4544             case 2:
4545                 quality = true;
4546                 break;
4547         }
4548     }
4549     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4550     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4551     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4552     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4553     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4554     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4555         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4556     if( quality )
4557     {
4558         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4559                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4560                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4561     }
4562
4563     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4564     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4565         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4566 }
4567
4568 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4569  * the video encoder selected.
4570  */
4571 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4572 {
4573     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4574      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4575     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4576     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4577     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4578     /* x264 0-51 */
4579     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4580     {
4581         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4582         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4583         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4584         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4585         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4586         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0)
4587         {
4588             qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4589         }
4590     }
4591     /* ffmpeg  1-31 */
4592     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG )
4593     {
4594         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4595         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4596         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4597     }
4598     /* Theora 0-63 */
4599     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4600     {
4601         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4602         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4603         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4604     }
4605     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4606
4607     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4608     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4609     {
4610         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4611         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4612         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4613     }
4614
4615     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4616 }
4617
4618 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4619 {
4620     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4621      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4622      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4623      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4624      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4625      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4626      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4627      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4628      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4629      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4630      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4631      */
4632
4633     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4634     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4635     float sliderRfToPercent;
4636     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4637     {
4638         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4639         sliderRfToPercent = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4640     }
4641     else
4642     {
4643         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
4644         sliderRfToPercent = ( ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])  - ([fVidQualityRFField floatValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])) / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4645     }
4646     [fVidConstantCell setTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4647                                  NSLocalizedString( @"Constant quality: %.2f %%", @"" ), 100 * sliderRfToPercent]];
4648
4649     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4650 }
4651
4652 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
4653 {
4654     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4655 }
4656
4657 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
4658 {
4659     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
4660     {
4661         return;
4662     }
4663
4664     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4665     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
4666             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4667     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4668     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4669     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
4670      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
4671      * as well as all of the audio track info.
4672      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
4673      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
4674      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
4675      * needed
4676      */
4677     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4678     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4679     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4680
4681     /* Audio goes here */
4682     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4683     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4684     {
4685         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4686         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4687     }
4688     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
4689     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4690     {
4691         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4692         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4693         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4694         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4695         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4696         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4697         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4698         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4699         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4700         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
4701
4702         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4703         free(audio);
4704     }
4705     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4706     {
4707         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4708         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4709         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4710         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4711         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4712         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4713         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4714         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4715         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4716         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
4717
4718         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4719         free(audio);
4720
4721     }
4722
4723     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4724     {
4725         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4726         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4727         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4728         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4729         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4730         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4731         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4732         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4733         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4734         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
4735
4736         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4737         free(audio);
4738
4739     }
4740
4741     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4742     {
4743         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4744         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4745         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4746         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4747         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4748         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4749         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4750         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4751         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4752         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
4753
4754         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4755         free(audio);
4756
4757     }
4758
4759 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
4760 }
4761
4762 #pragma mark -
4763 #pragma mark - Picture
4764
4765 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
4766    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
4767    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
4768    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
4769 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
4770 {
4771         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4772         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
4773     job->width = fTitle->width;
4774     job->height = fTitle->height;
4775
4776     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4777     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4778     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4779 }
4780
4781 /**
4782  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
4783  */
4784
4785 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
4786 {
4787         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4788 }
4789
4790 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
4791 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
4792 {
4793         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
4794         {
4795         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
4796         }
4797
4798     [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
4799
4800     NSString *picCropping;
4801     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
4802         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
4803         {
4804         picCropping =  @"Custom";
4805         }
4806         else
4807         {
4808                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
4809         }
4810     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
4811
4812     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
4813
4814     NSString *videoFilters;
4815     videoFilters = @"";
4816     /* Detelecine */
4817     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
4818     {
4819         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
4820     }
4821     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
4822     {
4823         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
4824     }
4825
4826
4827     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
4828     {
4829         /* Decomb */
4830         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
4831         {
4832             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
4833         }
4834         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
4835         {
4836             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
4837         }
4838     }
4839     else
4840     {
4841         /* Deinterlace */
4842         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
4843         {
4844             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
4845         }
4846         else
4847         {
4848             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
4849         }
4850
4851         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
4852         {
4853             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
4854         }
4855         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
4856         {
4857             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
4858         }
4859         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
4860         {
4861             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
4862         }
4863         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
4864         {
4865             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
4866         }
4867         }
4868
4869
4870     /* Denoise */
4871         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
4872         {
4873                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
4874     }
4875         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
4876         {
4877                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
4878     }
4879         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
4880         {
4881                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
4882         }
4883     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
4884         {
4885                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
4886         }
4887
4888     /* Deblock */
4889     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
4890     {
4891         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
4892     }
4893
4894     /* Grayscale */
4895     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
4896     {
4897         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
4898     }
4899     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
4900
4901     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
4902 }
4903
4904
4905 #pragma mark -
4906 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
4907 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4908 {
4909
4910     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4911     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4912     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4913     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4914     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4915     {
4916         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4917         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4918         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4919         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4920     }
4921     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4922     {
4923         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4924         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4925         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4926         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4927     }
4928     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4929     {
4930         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4931         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4932         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4933         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4934     }
4935     else
4936     {
4937         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4938         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4939         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4940         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4941     }
4942
4943     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4944         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4945     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
4946
4947 }
4948
4949 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
4950 {
4951     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
4952      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
4953      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
4954      */
4955
4956     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
4957      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
4958      */
4959     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4960     {
4961         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4962         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4963     }
4964     else
4965     {
4966         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4967     }
4968
4969     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4970     {
4971         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4972         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4973     }
4974     else
4975     {
4976         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4977     }
4978     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4979     {
4980         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4981         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4982     }
4983     else
4984     {
4985         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4986     }
4987     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
4988     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4989     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4990     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4991     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4992     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4993     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4994     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4995     {
4996         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4997         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4998         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4999         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5000         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5001         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5002     }
5003     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5004     {
5005         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5006         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5007         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5008         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5009     }
5010
5011     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
5012     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5013     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5014     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5015     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5016     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5017     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5018     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5019     {
5020         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5021         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5022         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5023         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5024         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5025         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5026     }
5027     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5028     {
5029         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5030         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5031         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5032         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5033     }
5034
5035     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
5036     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5037     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5038     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5039     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5040     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5041     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5042     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5043     {
5044         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5045         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5046         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5047         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5048         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5049         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5050     }
5051     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5052     {
5053         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5054         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5055         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5056         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5057     }
5058
5059     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
5060     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5061     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5062     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5063     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5064     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5065     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5066     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5067     {
5068         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5069         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5070         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5071         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5072         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5073         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5074     }
5075     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5076     {
5077         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5078         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5079         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5080         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5081     }
5082
5083 }
5084
5085 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
5086 {
5087
5088     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5089     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
5090         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5091
5092         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5093
5094     [sender removeAllItems];
5095     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
5096     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
5097     {
5098         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
5099         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
5100             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: audio->lang.description]
5101             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5102     }
5103     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5104
5105 }
5106
5107 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
5108 {
5109
5110     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
5111     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
5112     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
5113     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
5114
5115         if (searchPrefixString)
5116         {
5117
5118         for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
5119         {
5120             /* Try to find the desired search string */
5121             if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
5122             {
5123                 [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
5124                 return;
5125             }
5126         }
5127         /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
5128         /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
5129         /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
5130         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5131         }
5132     else
5133     {
5134         /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
5135         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5136     }
5137
5138 }
5139 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
5140 {
5141     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
5142
5143     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
5144     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5145     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5146     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5147     {
5148         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5149         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5150     }
5151     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5152     {
5153         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5154         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5155     }
5156     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5157     {
5158         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5159         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5160     }
5161     else
5162     {
5163         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5164         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5165     }
5166
5167     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5168     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
5169     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5170     {
5171         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
5172         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
5173         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
5174         switch( format )
5175         {
5176             case 0:
5177                 /* MP4 */
5178                 // FAAC
5179                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5180                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5181
5182                 // CA_AAC
5183                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5184                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5185
5186                 // AC3 Passthru
5187                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5188                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5189                 break;
5190
5191             case 1:
5192                 /* MKV */
5193                 // FAAC
5194                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5195                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5196                 // CA_AAC
5197                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5198                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5199                 // AC3 Passthru
5200                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5201                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5202                 // DTS Passthru
5203                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"DTS Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5204                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5205                 // MP3
5206                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5207                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5208                 // Vorbis
5209                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5210                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5211                 break;
5212
5213             case 2:
5214                 /* AVI */
5215                 // MP3
5216                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5217                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5218                 // AC3 Passthru
5219                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5220                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5221                 break;
5222
5223             case 3:
5224                 /* OGM */
5225                 // Vorbis
5226                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5227                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5228                 // MP3
5229                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5230                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5231                 break;
5232         }
5233         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5234     }
5235     else
5236     {
5237         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
5238     }
5239 }
5240
5241 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5242 {
5243     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
5244     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
5245 }
5246
5247 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
5248 {
5249
5250     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5251     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5252     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
5253     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
5254     */
5255     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5256     {
5257         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5258     }
5259     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5260     {
5261         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5262     }
5263     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5264     {
5265         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5266     }
5267     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5268     {
5269         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5270     }
5271
5272     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
5273     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5274     {
5275         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
5276     }
5277     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5278     {
5279         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
5280     }
5281     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5282     {
5283         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
5284     }
5285     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
5286     {
5287         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
5288     }
5289
5290     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
5291     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5292     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5293     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5294     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5295     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
5296     {
5297         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5298         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5299         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5300         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5301     }
5302     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
5303     {
5304         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5305         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5306         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5307         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5308     }
5309     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
5310     {
5311         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5312         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5313         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5314         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5315     }
5316     else
5317     {
5318         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5319         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5320         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5321         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5322     }
5323
5324     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
5325     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5326
5327     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
5328     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5329
5330     int acodec;
5331     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
5332     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
5333
5334     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
5335     {
5336
5337         /* get the audio */
5338         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
5339
5340         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
5341         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
5342         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
5343
5344         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5345
5346         if (audio != NULL)
5347         {
5348
5349             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
5350             /* we also check for an input codec of AC3 or DCA,
5351              as they are the only libraries able to do the mixdown to mono / conversion to 6-ch */
5352             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
5353              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
5354             int audioCodecsSupportMono =
5355                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
5356                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5357             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch =
5358                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
5359                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5360
5361             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
5362             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5363             {
5364
5365             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5366                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "AC3 Passthru"]
5367                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5368              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5369             }
5370             else if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5371             {
5372             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5373                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "DTS Passthru"]
5374                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5375              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5376             }
5377             else
5378             {
5379
5380                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
5381                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
5382                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
5383
5384                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
5385                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
5386                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
5387
5388                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
5389                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
5390
5391                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
5392                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
5393                 {
5394                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5395                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5396                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5397                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5398                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5399                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5400                 }
5401
5402                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5403                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5404                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5405                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5406                 {
5407                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5408                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5409                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5410                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5411                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5412                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5413                 }
5414
5415                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5416                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5417                 {
5418                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5419                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5420                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5421                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5422                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5423                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5424                 }
5425
5426                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5427                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5428                 {
5429                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5430                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5431                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5432                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5433                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5434                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5435                 }
5436
5437                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5438                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5439                 {
5440                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5441                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5442                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5443                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5444                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5445                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5446                 }
5447
5448                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5449                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5450                 {
5451                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5452                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5453                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5454                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5455                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5456                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5457                 }
5458
5459                 /* do we want to add a DTS Passthru option ? HB_ACODEC_DCA*/
5460                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5461                 {
5462                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5463                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5464                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5465                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5466                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5467                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5468                 }
5469
5470                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5471
5472                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5473                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5474                 int useMixdown;
5475
5476                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5477                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5478                 {
5479                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5480                 }
5481                 else
5482                 {
5483                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5484                 }
5485
5486                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5487                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5488                 {
5489                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5490                 }
5491
5492                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5493                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5494                 {
5495                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5496                 }
5497
5498                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5499                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5500
5501             }
5502             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5503              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5504              * other containers.
5505              */
5506             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5507             {
5508                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5509                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5510                 {
5511                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5512                 }
5513                 else
5514                 {
5515                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5516                 }
5517             }
5518
5519             /* In the case of a source track that is not DTS and the user tries to use DTS Passthru (which does not work)
5520              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5521              * other containers.
5522              */
5523             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5524             {
5525                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5526                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5527                 {
5528                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5529                 }
5530                 else
5531                 {
5532                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5533                 }
5534             }
5535
5536             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5537             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5538         }
5539
5540     }
5541     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5542     {
5543         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5544     }
5545 }
5546
5547 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5548 {
5549
5550     int acodec;
5551     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5552     * we will need later
5553     */
5554     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5555     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5556     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5557     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5558     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5559     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5560     NSTextField * drcField;
5561     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5562     {
5563         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5564         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5565         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5566         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5567         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5568         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5569         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5570     }
5571     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5572     {
5573         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5574         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5575         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5576         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5577         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5578         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5579         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5580     }
5581     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5582     {
5583         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5584         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5585         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5586         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5587         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5588         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5589         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5590     }
5591     else
5592     {
5593         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5594         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5595         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5596         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5597         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5598         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5599         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5600     }
5601     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5602     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5603     int minbitrate;
5604     int maxbitrate;
5605
5606     switch( acodec )
5607     {
5608         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5609             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5610             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5611             {
5612                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps, even for 6ch */
5613                 minbitrate = 32;
5614                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5615                 maxbitrate = 384;
5616                 break;
5617             }
5618             else
5619             {
5620                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5621                 minbitrate = 32;
5622                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5623                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5624                 maxbitrate = 160;
5625                 break;
5626             }
5627
5628         case HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC:
5629             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5630             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5631             {
5632                 minbitrate = 128;
5633                 maxbitrate = 768;
5634                 break;
5635             }
5636             else
5637             {
5638                 minbitrate = 64;
5639                 maxbitrate = 320;
5640                 break;
5641             }
5642
5643             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5644             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5645             minbitrate = 32;
5646             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5647             maxbitrate = 320;
5648             break;
5649
5650             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5651             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5652             {
5653                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5654                 minbitrate = 192;
5655                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5656                 maxbitrate = 384;
5657                 break;
5658             }
5659             else
5660             {
5661                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5662                 minbitrate = 48;
5663                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
5664                 maxbitrate = 384;
5665                 break;
5666             }
5667
5668             default:
5669             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
5670             minbitrate = 32;
5671             maxbitrate = 384;
5672
5673     }
5674
5675     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5676     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5677     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
5678     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5679     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
5680     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
5681     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
5682
5683     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5684     {
5685         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5686
5687         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
5688         {
5689             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
5690             {
5691                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
5692                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5693                                         [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
5694                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5695                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
5696                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
5697             }
5698         }
5699
5700         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
5701         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5702         {
5703             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
5704         }
5705         else
5706         {
5707             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
5708         }
5709     }
5710     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
5711     /* Audio samplerate */
5712     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
5713     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
5714     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5715     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
5716
5717     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
5718     {
5719         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5720                                 [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
5721                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5722         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
5723     }
5724     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
5725     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
5726     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
5727     */
5728     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
5729
5730
5731     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru and DTS Pass Thru uses the input bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
5732     * bitrate and display it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
5733     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
5734     */
5735     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5736     {
5737
5738         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
5739         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5740         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5741                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
5742                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5743         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
5744         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
5745         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5746         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5747
5748         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5749         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
5750         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5751         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
5752     }
5753     else
5754     {
5755         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5756         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5757         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
5758         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
5759     }
5760 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5761 }
5762
5763 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
5764 {
5765     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5766     NSTextField * drcField;
5767     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
5768     {
5769         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5770         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5771     }
5772     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
5773     {
5774         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5775         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5776     }
5777     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
5778     {
5779         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5780         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5781     }
5782     else
5783     {
5784         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5785         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5786     }
5787
5788     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
5789     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
5790     {
5791         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
5792     }
5793
5794
5795     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
5796     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
5797     * compared to presets
5798     */
5799     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
5800 }
5801
5802 #pragma mark -
5803
5804 - (IBAction) browseImportSrtFile: (id) sender
5805 {
5806
5807     NSOpenPanel * panel;
5808
5809     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
5810     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
5811     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
5812     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
5813     NSString * sourceDirectory;
5814         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"])
5815         {
5816                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
5817         }
5818         else
5819         {
5820                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
5821                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
5822         }
5823     /* we open up the browse srt sheet here and call for browseImportSrtFileDone after the sheet is closed */
5824     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"srt", nil];
5825     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
5826                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
5827                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportSrtFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
5828                       contextInfo: sender];
5829 }
5830
5831 - (void) browseImportSrtFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
5832                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
5833 {
5834     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
5835     {
5836         NSString *importSrtDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
5837         NSString *importSrtFilePath = [sheet filename];
5838         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importSrtDirectory forKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
5839
5840         /* now pass the string off to fSubtitlesDelegate to add the srt file to the dropdown */
5841         [fSubtitlesDelegate createSubtitleSrtTrack:importSrtFilePath];
5842
5843         [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
5844
5845     }
5846 }
5847
5848 #pragma mark -
5849 #pragma mark Open New Windows
5850
5851 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
5852 {
5853     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5854         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
5855 }
5856
5857 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
5858 {
5859     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5860         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
5861 }
5862 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
5863 {
5864     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5865         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
5866 }
5867
5868 /**
5869  * Shows debug output window.
5870  */
5871 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
5872 {
5873     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
5874 }
5875
5876 /**
5877  * Shows preferences window.
5878  */
5879 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
5880 {
5881     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
5882     if (![window isVisible])
5883         [window center];
5884
5885     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
5886 }
5887
5888 /**
5889  * Shows queue window.
5890  */
5891 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
5892 {
5893     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
5894 }
5895
5896
5897 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
5898     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
5899 }
5900
5901 /**
5902  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
5903  */
5904
5905 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
5906 {
5907         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
5908 }
5909
5910 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
5911 {
5912         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
5913 }
5914
5915 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
5916 {
5917         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
5918 }
5919
5920 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
5921 {
5922         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
5923 }
5924
5925 #pragma mark -
5926 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
5927 #pragma mark - Required
5928 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
5929
5930
5931 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
5932 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
5933 {
5934     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
5935     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
5936     {
5937         return [UserPresets count];
5938     }
5939     else
5940     {
5941         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5942         NSArray *children = nil;
5943         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5944         if ([children count] > 0)
5945         {
5946             return [children count];
5947         }
5948         else
5949         {
5950             return 0;
5951         }
5952     }
5953 }
5954
5955 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
5956 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
5957 {
5958
5959     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5960     NSArray *children = nil;
5961     if (item == nil)
5962     {
5963         children = UserPresets;
5964     }
5965     else
5966     {
5967         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5968         {
5969             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5970         }
5971     }
5972     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
5973     {
5974         return nil;
5975     }
5976     else
5977     {
5978         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
5979     }
5980
5981
5982     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
5983     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
5984     //return nil;
5985 }
5986
5987 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
5988 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
5989 {
5990
5991     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5992     NSArray *children= nil;
5993     if (item == nil)
5994     {
5995         children = UserPresets;
5996     }
5997     else
5998     {
5999         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6000         {
6001             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6002         }
6003     }
6004
6005     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
6006      * we could do it by the children count as so:
6007      * if ([children count] < 1)
6008      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
6009      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
6010      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
6011      */
6012
6013     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6014    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6015    {
6016         return YES;
6017     }
6018     else
6019     {
6020         return NO;
6021     }
6022
6023 }
6024
6025 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
6026 {
6027     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
6028     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
6029 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
6030
6031 return YES;
6032 }
6033
6034
6035 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
6036 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6037 {
6038         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
6039
6040     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6041     {
6042         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
6043     }
6044     else
6045     {
6046         //return @"";
6047         return nil;
6048     }
6049 }
6050
6051 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
6052 {
6053     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
6054 }
6055 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
6056 {
6057     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
6058 }
6059
6060 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
6061 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
6062 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
6063 {
6064     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6065     {
6066         NSFont *txtFont;
6067         NSColor *fontColor;
6068         NSColor *shadowColor;
6069         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6070         /*check to see if its a selected row */
6071         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
6072         {
6073
6074             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6075             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
6076         }
6077         else
6078         {
6079             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6080             {
6081                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
6082             }
6083             else // User created preset, use a black font
6084             {
6085                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6086             }
6087             /* check to see if its a folder */
6088             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6089             //{
6090             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
6091             //}
6092
6093
6094         }
6095         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
6096         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
6097         {
6098             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6099         }
6100         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
6101         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
6102         {
6103             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6104         }
6105
6106
6107         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
6108         [cell setFont:txtFont];
6109
6110     }
6111 }
6112
6113 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
6114 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6115 {
6116     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6117     {
6118         id theRecord;
6119
6120         theRecord = item;
6121         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
6122
6123         [self sortPresets];
6124
6125         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6126         /* We save all of the preset data here */
6127         [self savePreset];
6128     }
6129 }
6130 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
6131 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
6132 {
6133     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6134     //{
6135         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
6136         NSString *loc_tip;
6137         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
6138         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
6139         {
6140             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6141             return (loc_tip);
6142         }
6143         else
6144         {
6145             loc_tip = @"No description available";
6146         }
6147         return (loc_tip);
6148     //}
6149 }
6150
6151 #pragma mark -
6152 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
6153
6154
6155 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
6156 {
6157         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
6158     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
6159         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
6160     {
6161         return NO;
6162     }
6163     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
6164     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
6165     fDraggedNodes = items;
6166     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
6167     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
6168
6169     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
6170     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
6171
6172     return YES;
6173 }
6174
6175 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
6176 {
6177
6178         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
6179
6180     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
6181     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
6182         return NSDragOperationNone;
6183
6184     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
6185         if (item != nil)
6186         {
6187                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
6188                 item = nil;
6189         }
6190
6191     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
6192     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
6193     {
6194         return NSDragOperationNone;
6195         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
6196         }
6197
6198     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
6199     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
6200 }
6201
6202
6203
6204 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
6205 {
6206     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
6207     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
6208         {
6209     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6210     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6211     [childrenArray addObject:item];
6212     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6213     [childrenArray autorelease];
6214     }
6215     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
6216     {
6217         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
6218         id obj;
6219         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
6220         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
6221         {
6222             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
6223         }
6224         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
6225         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
6226     }
6227     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6228     [self savePreset];
6229     return YES;
6230 }
6231
6232 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
6233 {
6234     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
6235     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
6236
6237     NSUInteger removeIndex;
6238
6239     if (index >= insertIndex)
6240     {
6241         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
6242         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
6243     }
6244     else
6245     {
6246         removeIndex = index;
6247         insertIndex--;
6248     }
6249
6250     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
6251     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
6252     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
6253     [object release];
6254
6255     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
6256 }
6257
6258
6259
6260 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
6261
6262 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
6263 {
6264
6265     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
6266     {
6267         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6268         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6269
6270         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
6271         {
6272             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
6273         }
6274         else
6275         {
6276             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6277         }
6278
6279         /* File Format */
6280         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
6281         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
6282
6283         /* Chapter Markers*/
6284         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
6285         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
6286         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
6287
6288         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6289         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
6290         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6291         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
6292
6293         /* Video encoder */
6294         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
6295         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
6296         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
6297
6298         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
6299         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
6300         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
6301         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
6302         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6303
6304         /* Video quality */
6305         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
6306
6307         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
6308         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
6309
6310         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
6311          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
6312          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
6313          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
6314          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
6315         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
6316         {
6317             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
6318             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
6319             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
6320
6321         }
6322         else
6323         {
6324             /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
6325             if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
6326             {
6327                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6328             }
6329             else
6330             {
6331                 /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
6332                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6333             }
6334         }
6335
6336         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
6337
6338         /* Video framerate */
6339         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
6340          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
6341         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
6342         {
6343             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6344         }
6345         else
6346         {
6347             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
6348         }
6349
6350
6351         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6352         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
6353         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
6354
6355         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
6356         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
6357
6358         /*Audio*/
6359         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
6360         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
6361         {
6362
6363             /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
6364             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPopUp = nil;
6365             NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp = nil;
6366             NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp = nil;
6367             NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp = nil;
6368             NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp = nil;
6369             NSSlider      * drcSlider = nil;
6370
6371
6372             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
6373             int i = 0;
6374             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
6375             id tempObject;
6376             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6377             {
6378                 i++;
6379                 if( i == 1 )
6380                 {
6381                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6382                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
6383                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
6384                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
6385                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
6386                     drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6387                 }
6388                 if( i == 2 )
6389                 {
6390                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6391                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
6392                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
6393                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
6394                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
6395                     drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6396                 }
6397                 if( i == 3 )
6398                 {
6399                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6400                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
6401                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
6402                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
6403                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
6404                     drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6405                 }
6406                 if( i == 4 )
6407                 {
6408                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
6409                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
6410                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
6411                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
6412                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
6413                     drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6414                 }
6415
6416
6417                 if ([trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6418                 {
6419                     [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6420                 }
6421                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6422                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
6423                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6424                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6425                     [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6426                 {
6427                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6428                 }
6429
6430                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6431                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
6432                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6433                  * mixdown*/
6434                 if  ([mixdownPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6435                 {
6436                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6437                 }
6438                 [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
6439                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6440                 if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6441                 {
6442                     [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
6443                 }
6444                 [drcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6445                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6446
6447
6448                 /* If we are any track greater than 1 check to make sure we have a matching source codec is using ac3 passthru or dts passthru,
6449                  * if not we will set the track to "None". Track 1 is allowed to mixdown to a suitable DPL2 mix if we cannot passthru */
6450
6451                 if( i > 1 )
6452                 {
6453                     /* Check to see if the preset asks for a passhthru track (AC3 or DTS) and verify there is a matching source track if not, set the track to "None". */
6454                     if (([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])  && [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] != 0)
6455                     {
6456                         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6457                         /* get the audio source audio codec */
6458                         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6459                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
6460                             [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA )
6461                         {
6462                             /* We have a preset using ac3 passthru but no ac3 source audio, so set the track to "None" and bail */
6463                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6464                             {
6465                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for AC3 Pass thru ..."];
6466                             }
6467                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])
6468                             {
6469                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for DTS Pass thru ..."];
6470                             }
6471                             [self writeToActivityLog: "No matching source codec, setting track  %d to None", i];
6472                             [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6473                             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6474                         }
6475                     }
6476                 }
6477             }
6478
6479             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6480
6481             if (i < 4)
6482             {
6483                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6484                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6485
6486                 if (i < 3)
6487                 {
6488                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6489                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6490
6491                     if (i < 2)
6492                     {
6493                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6494                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6495                     }
6496                 }
6497             }
6498
6499         }
6500         else
6501         {
6502             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
6503             {
6504                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6505                 {
6506                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6507                 }
6508                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
6509                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
6510                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6511                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6512                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6513                 {
6514                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6515                 }
6516                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6517                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
6518                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6519                  * mixdown*/
6520                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6521                 {
6522                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6523                 }
6524                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
6525                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6526                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6527                 {
6528                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
6529                 }
6530                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6531                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
6532             }
6533
6534             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
6535             {
6536                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6537                 {
6538                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6539                 }
6540                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6541                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
6542                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6543                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6544                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6545                 {
6546                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6547                 }
6548                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6549                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
6550                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6551                  * mixdown*/
6552                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6553                 {
6554                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6555                 }
6556                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6557                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6558                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6559                 {
6560                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6561                 }
6562                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6563                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6564             }
6565             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6566             {
6567                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6568                 {
6569                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6570                 }
6571                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6572                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6573                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6574                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6575                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6576                 {
6577                     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6578                 }
6579                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6580                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6581                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6582                  * mixdown*/
6583                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6584                 {
6585                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6586                 }
6587                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6588                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6589                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6590                 {
6591                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6592                 }
6593                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6594                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6595             }
6596             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6597             {
6598                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6599                 {
6600                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6601                 }
6602                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6603                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
6604                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6605                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6606                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6607                 {
6608                     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6609                 }
6610                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6611                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
6612                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6613                  * mixdown*/
6614                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6615                 {
6616                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6617                 }
6618                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
6619                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6620                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6621                 {
6622                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
6623                 }
6624                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6625                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
6626             }
6627
6628             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6629
6630             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
6631             {
6632                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6633                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6634             }
6635             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6636             {
6637                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6638                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6639             }
6640             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6641             {
6642                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6643                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6644             }
6645         }
6646
6647         /*Subtitles*/
6648         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
6649         /* Forced Subtitles */
6650         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
6651
6652         /* Picture Settings */
6653         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
6654          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
6655          * picture filters are handled separately below.
6656          */
6657         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
6658          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
6659          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
6660          */
6661         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
6662         {
6663             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6664
6665             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
6666              when the preset was created and apply them */
6667             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
6668             {
6669                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
6670
6671                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
6672                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
6673                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
6674                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
6675                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
6676
6677             }
6678             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
6679             {
6680                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
6681                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
6682                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
6683                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
6684                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
6685                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
6686
6687             }
6688
6689
6690             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
6691             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
6692             {
6693                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6694                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6695                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6696                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6697                 {
6698                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6699                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6700                     {
6701                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6702                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6703                     }
6704                 }
6705                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6706             }
6707             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
6708             {
6709                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
6710                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
6711                 {
6712                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
6713                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
6714                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
6715                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6716                 }
6717                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
6718                 {
6719                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
6720                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
6721                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
6722                 }
6723                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6724                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6725                 {
6726                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6727                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6728                     {
6729                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6730                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6731                     }
6732                 }
6733                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6734
6735             }
6736
6737
6738         }
6739         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
6740         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
6741         {
6742             /* Filters */
6743
6744             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
6745              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
6746              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
6747              * sane.
6748              */
6749             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
6750             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
6751             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
6752             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6753             {
6754                 /* we are using decomb */
6755                 /* Decomb */
6756                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6757                 {
6758                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
6759
6760                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
6761                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
6762                     {
6763                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
6764                     }
6765                 }
6766              }
6767             else
6768             {
6769                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
6770                 /* Deinterlace */
6771                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
6772                 {
6773                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
6774                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
6775                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
6776                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
6777                     {
6778                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
6779                     }
6780                 }
6781             }
6782
6783
6784             /* Detelecine */
6785             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
6786             {
6787                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
6788                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
6789                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
6790                 {
6791                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
6792                 }
6793             }
6794             else
6795             {
6796                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
6797             }
6798
6799             /* Denoise */
6800             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
6801             {
6802                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
6803                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
6804                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
6805                 {
6806                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
6807                 }
6808             }
6809             else
6810             {
6811                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
6812             }
6813
6814             /* Deblock */
6815             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
6816             {
6817                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
6818                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
6819             }
6820             else
6821             {
6822                 /* use the settings intValue */
6823                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
6824             }
6825
6826             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
6827             {
6828                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
6829             }
6830             else
6831             {
6832                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
6833             }
6834         }
6835         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
6836         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6837         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6838         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
6839     }
6840 }
6841
6842
6843 #pragma mark -
6844 #pragma mark Manage Presets
6845
6846 - (void) loadPresets {
6847         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
6848         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
6849         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
6850     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
6851         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
6852     /* We check for the presets.plist */
6853         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
6854         {
6855                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
6856         }
6857
6858         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
6859         if (nil == UserPresets)
6860         {
6861                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6862                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6863         }
6864         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6865
6866     [self checkBuiltInsForUpdates];
6867 }
6868
6869 - (void) checkBuiltInsForUpdates {
6870
6871         BOOL updateBuiltInPresets = NO;
6872     int i = 0;
6873     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6874     id tempObject;
6875     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6876     {
6877         /* iterate through the built in presets to see if any have an old build number */
6878         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6879         /*Key Type == 0 is built in, and key PresetBuildNumber is the build number it was created with */
6880         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6881         {
6882                         if (![thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] || [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] intValue] < [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue])
6883             {
6884                 updateBuiltInPresets = YES;
6885             }
6886                 }
6887         i++;
6888     }
6889     /* if we have built in presets to update, then do so AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate*/
6890     if ( updateBuiltInPresets == YES)
6891     {
6892         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate"] == YES)
6893         {
6894             /* Show an alert window that built in presets will be updated */
6895             /*On Screen Notification*/
6896             int status;
6897             NSBeep();
6898             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake has determined your built in presets are out of date...",@"HandBrake will now update your built-in presets.", @"OK", nil, nil);
6899             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
6900         }
6901         /* when alert is dismissed, go ahead and update the built in presets */
6902         [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6903     }
6904
6905 }
6906
6907
6908 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6909 {
6910     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
6911     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6912
6913     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
6914     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
6915     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
6916     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
6917     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
6918     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6919     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
6920     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
6921     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
6922     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
6923     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
6924         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
6925         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
6926         /* Show the panel */
6927         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
6928 }
6929
6930 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6931 {
6932     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
6933     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
6934 }
6935
6936 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
6937 {
6938     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
6939             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
6940     else
6941     {
6942         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
6943         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
6944         [self addPreset];
6945
6946         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
6947     }
6948 }
6949 - (void)addPreset
6950 {
6951
6952
6953         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6954     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6955    /* We save all of the preset data here */
6956     [self savePreset];
6957 }
6958
6959 - (void)sortPresets
6960 {
6961
6962
6963         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
6964         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
6965                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
6966         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
6967         /*
6968     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
6969                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
6970         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
6971
6972     */
6973     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
6974     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
6975         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
6976         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
6977
6978
6979 }
6980
6981 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
6982 {
6983     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
6984     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
6985     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6986     [self savePreset];
6987 }
6988
6989 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
6990 {
6991     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6992     /* Preset build number */
6993     [preset setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
6994     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6995         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
6996     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6997     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
6998     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
6999         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
7000         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
7001         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
7002         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7003     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
7004     {
7005         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
7006         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7007         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7008         [childrenArray autorelease];
7009     }
7010     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
7011     {
7012         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
7013         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
7014         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
7015         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
7016
7017         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
7018         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
7019         /* File Format */
7020         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
7021         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
7022         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
7023         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
7024         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
7025         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
7026         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
7027         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
7028         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
7029
7030         /* Codecs */
7031         /* Video encoder */
7032         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
7033         /* x264 Option String */
7034         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
7035
7036         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
7037         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
7038         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
7039         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
7040
7041         /* Video framerate */
7042         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
7043         {
7044             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7045         }
7046         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
7047         {
7048             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7049         }
7050
7051         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
7052         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
7053         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
7054         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
7055         /*Picture Settings*/
7056         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7057         /* Picture Sizing */
7058         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7059         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
7060         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
7061         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
7062         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
7063         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
7064
7065         /* Set crop settings here */
7066         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
7067         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
7068         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
7069         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
7070         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
7071
7072         /* Picture Filters */
7073         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
7074         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
7075         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
7076         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
7077         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
7078         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
7079         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
7080         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
7081         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
7082         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
7083         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
7084
7085         /*Audio*/
7086         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7087         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
7088         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7089         {
7090             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7091             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7092             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7093             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7094             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7095             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7096             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7097             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7098             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
7099             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
7100         }
7101
7102         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7103         {
7104             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7105             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7106             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7107             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7108             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7109             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7110             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7111             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7112             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
7113             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
7114         }
7115
7116         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7117         {
7118             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7119             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7120             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7121             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7122             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7123             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7124             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7125             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7126             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
7127             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
7128         }
7129
7130         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7131         {
7132             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7133             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7134             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7135             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7136             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7137             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7138             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7139             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7140             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
7141             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
7142         }
7143
7144
7145         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
7146
7147
7148         /* Temporarily remove subtitles from creating a new preset as it has to be converted over to use the new
7149          * subititle array code. */
7150         /* Subtitles*/
7151         //[preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
7152         /* Forced Subtitles */
7153         //[preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
7154     }
7155     [preset autorelease];
7156     return preset;
7157
7158 }
7159
7160 - (void)savePreset
7161 {
7162     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7163         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
7164         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
7165
7166 }
7167
7168 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
7169 {
7170
7171
7172     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
7173     {
7174         return;
7175     }
7176     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
7177         int status;
7178     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
7179
7180     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
7181     {
7182         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7183         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7184         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7185
7186         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
7187         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7188         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7189         id tempObject;
7190         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7191         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7192         {
7193             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7194         }
7195         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7196         {
7197             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7198         }
7199
7200         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7201         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7202
7203         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7204         {
7205             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7206             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7207             {
7208                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7209             }
7210         }
7211
7212         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7213         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7214         [self savePreset];
7215     }
7216 }
7217
7218
7219 #pragma mark -
7220 #pragma mark Import Export Preset(s)
7221
7222 - (IBAction) browseExportPresetFile: (id) sender
7223 {
7224     /* Open a panel to let the user choose where and how to save the export file */
7225     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
7226         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
7227     NSString *defaultExportDirectory = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@/Desktop/", NSHomeDirectory()];
7228
7229         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: defaultExportDirectory file: @"HB_Export.plist"
7230                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7231                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseExportPresetFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7232                                           contextInfo: NULL];
7233 }
7234
7235 - (void) browseExportPresetFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7236                    returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7237 {
7238     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7239     {
7240         NSString *presetExportDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7241         NSString *exportPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7242         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:presetExportDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetExportDirectory"];
7243         /* We check for the presets.plist */
7244         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:exportPresetsFile] == 0)
7245         {
7246             [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createFileAtPath:exportPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7247         }
7248         NSMutableArray * presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:exportPresetsFile];
7249         if (nil == presetsToExport)
7250         {
7251             presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7252
7253             /* now get and add selected presets to export */
7254
7255         }
7256         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
7257         {
7258             [presetsToExport addObject:[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7259             [presetsToExport writeToFile:exportPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7260
7261         }
7262
7263     }
7264 }
7265
7266
7267 - (IBAction) browseImportPresetFile: (id) sender
7268 {
7269
7270     NSOpenPanel * panel;
7271
7272     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
7273     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
7274     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
7275     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
7276     NSString * sourceDirectory;
7277         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"])
7278         {
7279                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7280         }
7281         else
7282         {
7283                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
7284                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
7285         }
7286     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
7287         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
7288         */
7289     /* set this for allowed file types, not sure if we should allow xml or not */
7290     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"xml", nil];
7291     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
7292                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7293                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportPresetDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7294                       contextInfo: sender];
7295 }
7296
7297 - (void) browseImportPresetDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7298                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7299 {
7300     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7301     {
7302         NSString *importPresetsDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7303         NSString *importPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7304         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importPresetsDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7305         /* NOTE: here we need to do some sanity checking to verify we do not hose up our presets file   */
7306         NSMutableArray * presetsToImport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:importPresetsFile];
7307         /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7308         int i = 0;
7309         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [presetsToImport objectEnumerator];
7310         id tempObject;
7311         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7312         {
7313             /* make any changes to the incoming preset we see fit */
7314             /* make sure the incoming preset is not tagged as default */
7315             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7316             /* prepend "(imported) to the name of the incoming preset for clarification since it can be changed */
7317             NSString * prependedName = [@"(import) " stringByAppendingString:[tempObject objectForKey:@"PresetName"]] ;
7318             [tempObject setObject:prependedName forKey:@"PresetName"];
7319
7320             /* actually add the new preset to our presets array */
7321             [UserPresets addObject:tempObject];
7322             i++;
7323         }
7324         [presetsToImport autorelease];
7325         [self sortPresets];
7326         [self addPreset];
7327
7328     }
7329 }
7330
7331 #pragma mark -
7332 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
7333
7334 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
7335 {
7336         presetHbDefault = nil;
7337     presetUserDefault = nil;
7338     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
7339     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
7340     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
7341     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
7342
7343     int i = 0;
7344     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
7345     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
7346     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
7347     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7348         id tempObject;
7349         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7350         {
7351                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7352                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7353                 {
7354                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7355                 }
7356                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7357                 {
7358                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7359             userDefaultFound = YES;
7360         }
7361         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7362         {
7363                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
7364                 }
7365                 i++;
7366
7367         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7368         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7369         {
7370             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
7371             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7372             id tempObject;
7373             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7374             {
7375                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7376                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7377                 {
7378                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7379                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7380                 }
7381                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7382                 {
7383                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7384                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7385                     userDefaultFound = YES;
7386                 }
7387
7388                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7389                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7390                 {
7391                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
7392                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7393                     id tempObject;
7394                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7395                     {
7396                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7397                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7398                         {
7399                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7400                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7401                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7402                         }
7403                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7404                         {
7405                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7406                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7407                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7408                             userDefaultFound = YES;
7409                         }
7410
7411                     }
7412                 }
7413             }
7414         }
7415
7416         }
7417     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
7418      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
7419      */
7420     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
7421     {
7422         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
7423         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
7424     }
7425 }
7426
7427 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7428 {
7429 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
7430    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
7431    {
7432    return;
7433    }
7434
7435     int i = 0;
7436     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7437         id tempObject;
7438         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
7439     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7440         {
7441                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7442                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7443                 {
7444                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7445                 }
7446
7447                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7448         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7449         {
7450             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7451             id tempObject;
7452             int ii = 0;
7453             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7454             {
7455                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
7456                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7457                 {
7458                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7459                 }
7460                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7461                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7462                 {
7463                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7464                     id tempObject;
7465                     int iii = 0;
7466                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7467                     {
7468                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7469                         {
7470                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7471                         }
7472                         iii++;
7473                     }
7474                 }
7475                 ii++;
7476             }
7477
7478         }
7479         i++;
7480         }
7481
7482
7483     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7484     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7485     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7486
7487
7488     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7489     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7490
7491     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7492     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7493     {
7494         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7495     }
7496     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7497     {
7498         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7499     }
7500
7501     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7502     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7503     int iiii = 0;
7504     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7505     {
7506         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7507         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7508         {
7509             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
7510             {
7511                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
7512             }
7513         }
7514      iiii++;
7515      }
7516
7517
7518     /* We save all of the preset data here */
7519     [self savePreset];
7520     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7521     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7522 }
7523
7524 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7525 {
7526         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
7527     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
7528         if (presetUserDefault)
7529         {
7530         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
7531     }
7532         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
7533         {
7534         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
7535         }
7536     else
7537     {
7538     return;
7539     }
7540
7541     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
7542     {
7543         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
7544
7545     }
7546     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
7547     {
7548         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
7549
7550     }
7551
7552     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
7553         [self selectPreset:nil];
7554 }
7555
7556
7557 #pragma mark -
7558 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
7559
7560
7561 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7562 {
7563     //int status;
7564     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7565         id tempObject;
7566
7567         //NSNumber *index;
7568     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7569
7570
7571         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7572         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
7573         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
7574                 {
7575                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
7576                         presets to delete */
7577                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7578                         {
7579                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7580                         }
7581         }
7582
7583         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7584         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7585         [self savePreset];
7586
7587 }
7588
7589    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory presets */
7590 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7591 {
7592
7593     /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
7594     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
7595     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
7596      * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
7597     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
7598     /* update build number for built in presets */
7599     /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7600     int i = 0;
7601     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7602     id tempObject;
7603     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7604     {
7605         /* Record the apps current build number in the PresetBuildNumber key */
7606         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7607         {
7608             /* Preset build number */
7609             [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7610         }
7611         i++;
7612     }
7613     /* report the built in preset updating to the activity log */
7614     [self writeToActivityLog: "built in presets updated to build number: %d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]];
7615
7616     [self sortPresets];
7617     [self addPreset];
7618
7619 }
7620
7621
7622 @end
7623
7624 /*******************************
7625  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
7626  *******************************/
7627
7628 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
7629 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
7630 {
7631     fIsDragging = YES;
7632
7633     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
7634     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
7635     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
7636     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
7637 }
7638
7639
7640
7641 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
7642 {
7643     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
7644         fIsDragging = NO;
7645 }
7646
7647
7648
7649 - (BOOL) isDragging;
7650 {
7651     return fIsDragging;
7652 }
7653 @end
7654
7655
7656